My17 Colorado Owner Manual 1237048789156

MY17 RG Colorado
MY17 RG Colorado
Owner’s Manual
holden.com.au
GM Holden Ltd, ABN 84 006 893 232, Holden New Zealand Ltd., Company Number 1602 (hereinafter Holden)
Change of name, address or ownership

If you drive a pre-owned Holden, have moved house or changed any of your details, we’d like to hear from you!
Holden uses your details to keep your vehicle’s factory provided Roadside Assistance and Warranty details up to date.
It also helps us let you know if there is an existing safety recall or rework on your vehicle. To update your details, please
take a few minutes to fill in and mail the form at the back of the Service & Warranty Booklet or visit Holden’s website at:
www.holden.com.au/forms/change-of-owner-details
GM Holden Ltd (Holden) is collecting the new owner’s personal information in order to process the request for
transfer for the specified vehicle. We may disclose your personal information to our related companies and third
parties who provide us with (or help us provide) products and services, including to overseas locations such as the
USA, and other countries in Europe, Oceania and Asia.
Holden’s privacy policy (available at: www.holden.com.au/privacypolicy) states how you can seek to access or correct
any personal information Holden holds about you, how to complain about a privacy breach by Holden and how
Holden will deal with a privacy complaint.
You can contact Holden on 1800 033 349 or alternatively, you may prefer to email Holden at:
holdencustomercare@gm.com
Note: Please refer to the inside front cover of the Service & Warranty Booklet for the Vehicle Identification Certificate.
© 2016 GM Holden Ltd.

© 2016 Holden New Zealand Ltd.
Printed in Australia Reproduction in whole or part is
Part No. 92289242 prohibited without written approval from
December 2016 GM Holden Ltd., ABN 84 006 893 232 (Australia) or
(MY17 RG Colorado. Print 3) Holden New Zealand Ltd., Company Number 1602 (New Zealand)
Holden Colorado Owner Manual (GMSA-Localizing-Australia - 10460365) -
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 17
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 60
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 181
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 263
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 271
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2 Introduction
Introduction
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Introduction 3
Your vehicle is a designed . The table of contents at the Danger, Warning, and
combination of advanced beginning of this manual and
technology, safety, environmental within each section shows where
Caution
friendliness and economy. the information is located.
This Owner's Manual provides . The index will enable you to
{ Danger
you with all the necessary search for specific information.
Text marked { Danger provides
information to enable you to drive . Directional data, e.g. left or right,
your vehicle safely and efficiently. information on risk of fatal injury.
or front or back, always relate to Disregarding this information may
Make sure your passengers are the direction of travel. endanger life.
aware of the possible risk of . Display messages and interior
accident and injury which may result labelling are written in bold
from improper use of the vehicle. letters.
. For a complete list of the
{ Warning
Using this Manual
registered trademarks contained Text marked { Warning
. This manual describes all in this manual see Trademarks
options and features available provides information on risk of
and License Agreements.
for this model. Certain accident or injury. Disregarding
Trademarks and Licence
descriptions, including those this information may lead to injury.
Agreements 0 139, Trademarks
for display and menu and Licence Agreements 0 172
functions, may not apply to and Trademarks and Licence
your vehicle due to model Agreements 0 271.
variant, special equipment or
Caution
accessories. Text marked Caution provides
. The "In brief" section will give information on possible damage
you an initial overview. to the vehicle. Disregarding this
information may lead to vehicle
damage.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
4 Introduction
2 NOTES
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 5
Initial Drive Information
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 10
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 11
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Washer and Wiper Systems . . . 13
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 87 Headlamp High/Low-Beam

2. Side Air Vents. See Adjustable Changer 0 88
Air Vents 0 178 Flash-to-Pass 0 88
3. Steering Wheel Controls 0 63 Driver Information Centre
4. Turn and Lane-Change (DIC) 0 75
Signals 0 89
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
6 In Brief
5. Instrument Panel 15. Manual Transmission 0 191 26. Instrument Panel Fuse
Overview 0 61 16. Power Outlets 0 65 Block 0 242
6. Horn 0 63 17. Descent Control System 27. Ignition Positions 0 184
Driver's Airbag. See Airbag and (DCS) 0 199 28. Climate Control Systems 0 174
Seat Belt Tensioner Light 0 70 18. Traction Control System 29. Instrument Panel Storage 0 51
7. Driver Information Centre (TCS) 0 198 30. Lane Departure Warning
(DIC) 0 75 Electronic Stability Control (LDW) 0 210
8. Cruise Control 0 201 (ESC) 0 198 31. Parking Assist 0 205
9. Windscreen Wiper, Windscreen 19. Shift Lever 0 189 32. Reflected LED Alert. See
Washer System. See 20. Steering Wheel Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 64 Adjustment 0 62 System 0 203
10. Central Air Vents. See 21. Bonnet Release Lever. See
Adjustable Air Vents 0 178 Bonnet 0 224
11. Radio Controls and Display. 22. Clutch Pedal. See Manual
See Overview 0 95 or Transmission 0 191
Overview 0 148
23. Brake Pedal. See Brakes 0 196
12. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 89
24. Throttle Pedal. See New
13. Passenger Airbag. See Front Vehicle Break-In 0 184
Airbag System 0 42
25. Fuel Tank Flap Release Lever.
14. Glove Box 0 52 See Filling the Tank 0 213
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
In Brief 7
Initial Drive . Press and hold " to Starting the Vehicle

automatically open all windows.
Information
. Press Q to lock the doors.
Remote Keyless Entry The hazard lamps flash once
(RKE) System and any open windows
automatically close.
Remote keyless entry
These features can be
customized through the
Infotainment System.
See Remote Control 0 20 and
Central Locking System 0 21.
Remote Vehicle Start 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the

vehicle.
If equipped with this feature, the
engine can be started from outside 2. Press and release Q.
the vehicle.
3. Immediately after completing
Step 2, press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the
The key operates all doors and the turn signal lamps flash.
ignition. When the engine starts, the parking
. Press " once to unlock the lamps will turn on and remain on as
driver's door. long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
. Press " twice to unlock all other control system may come on.
doors.
The hazard lamps flash twice.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
8 In Brief
The engine will continue to run for Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote Seat Positioning
start can be extended only once.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. 1. Recline the seatback by
pulling the lever.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 18. 1. Move the seat forwards or
backwards by lifting the handle 2. Adjust the angle and release
at the front and sliding the seat. the lever.
2. Release the handle to engage 3. Allow the seat to engage.

the latch. Note
Try to move the seat back and forth Do not lean on the seat when
to ensure the seat is locked in adjusting.
place. See Seat Adjustment 0 33.
See Seat Adjustment 0 33.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
In Brief 9
Seat Height Power Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests

The vehicle may have seat height Seat Positioning
adjustment.
The vehicle may have power seat
adjustment.
Caution
Avoid spilling any liquid near the
front seat power switch.
. Recline the seatback by sliding

the switch forwards or
. To lower the seat cushion, push backwards.
the lever down several times. See Power Seat Adjustment 0 35.
. To raise the seat cushion, pull
the lever up several times.
See Seat Adjustment 0 33.
. Move the seat forwards or

backwards by sliding the switch.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 35.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
10 In Brief
Seat Height Head Restraint Safety Belts

Adjustment
. To lower the seat cushion, push 1. Withdraw the belt from the reel.
the switch downwards.
. To raise the head restraint, pull 2. Pull the metal tongue across
. To raise the seat cushion, pull the head restraint upwards. your body into the buckle, until
the switch upwards. it clicks into place.
. To lower the head restraint,
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 35. press the button and push the 3. Tension the lap belt regularly
head restraint downwards. while driving by tugging the
See Head Restraints 0 32. shoulder belt.
See Seat Belts 0 37 and Airbag
System 0 41.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
In Brief 11
Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel

Interior Mirror Adjustment
The control for the power mirrors

are located on the driver`s door. 1. To unlock, move the
The adjustment is performed by lever down.
Select the relevant exterior mirror
tilting it to a suitable position.
and adjust it. 2. Adjust the steering wheel.
Adjust the lever below the mirror to
See Power Mirrors 0 25, Convex 3. To lock, move the lever up.
reduce headlamp glare from
Mirrors 0 25, or Folding
following vehicles. 4. Ensure the steering wheel is
Mirrors 0 25.
See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 26. locked in position before
driving.
See Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 62, Airbag System 0 41, or
Ignition Positions 0 184.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
12 In Brief
Exterior Lighting High Beam/Low Beam Turn and Lane-Change Signals
. To flash the headlamps, pull the . Push the lever in the direction
O : With automatic light system, lever. the steering wheel is turned.
turn the switch to activate or . To switch from low to high beam, . A green arrow on the instrument
deactivate the system, switch turns push the lever. panel flashes when the lamps
back to AUTO are in operation.
. To switch to low beam, push
AUTO : Headlights and exterior again or pull the lever. See Turn and Lane-Change
lights are switched on and off Signals 0 89.
automatically depending on external See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
lighting conditions Changer 0 88 and
Flash-to-Pass 0 88.
; : Sidelights, number plate lights
and instrument panel lamps are
illuminated
2 : Headlights
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 87.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
In Brief 13
Hazard Warning Flashers Horn Washer and Wiper

Systems
Windscreen Wiper
. Press | to turn the hazard

warning flasher on or off, when
Press a.
the ignition is in any position.
See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 89.
1x : Single wipe
OFF : Off
INT : Intermittent operation
LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed
HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed
For a single wipe when the
windscreen wipers are off, move the
lever up lightly and release it.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
14 In Brief
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 64 Climate Controls See Climate Control Systems 0 174
and Wiper Blade or Electronic Climate Control
Replacement 0 233. System 0 176.
Windscreen Washer Transmission
Manual Transmission
. Pull the lever towards you to

wash the windscreen.
Washer fluid is sprayed onto the . When shifting from one gear to
windscreen and the wipers another, push the clutch pedal to
operate. the floor.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 64 . Do not engage reverse gear
and Washer Fluid 0 230. while the vehicle is still moving.
. Pause between pressing the
clutch pedal and moving into
The climate control panel is located reverse gear.
in the centre of the instrument
panel. See Manual Transmission 0 191.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
In Brief 15
Automatic Transmission + : higher gear the ignition. On an uphill

− : lower gear gradient, turn the front wheels
away from the curb.
See Automatic Transmission 0 189
and Four-Wheel Drive 0 192. If the vehicle is on a downhill
slope, engage reverse gear or
set the selector lever to P before
Parking switching off the ignition. Turn
. Always apply the parking brake the front wheels towards
firmly without pressing the the curb.
release button. Apply as firmly . Close the windows.
as possible on a downhill slope
or uphill gradient. Apply foot . Lock the vehicle.
brake before applying the . Activate the anti-theft alarm
parking brake to reduce system, if available, see
operating force. Anti-theft Alarm System 0 24.
P : Park . Switch off the engine and . For vehicles with a diesel
R : Reverse ignition. Turn the ignition key to engine, after running at high
N : Neutral LOCK (0), remove it and turn the engine speeds or with high
steering wheel until the steering engine loads, operate the engine
D : Drive wheel lock is felt to engage. briefly at a low load or run in
The shift lever can only be moved For vehicles with automatic neutral for about 1 to 2 minutes
out of P when the ignition is on and transmission, move the shift at idle speed before switching off
the brake pedal is applied. lever to P position and remove in order to protect the
To engage P or R, push the release the key. turbocharger.
button on the front of the selector . If the vehicle is on a level . For vehicles with a diesel
lever. surface or uphill gradient, engine, before switching off, do
Manual mode: Move the selector engage first gear or set the shift not accelerate.
lever to position D, then push to lever to P before switching off
the left.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
16 In Brief
See Warning Lights, Gauges, and 0: (LOCK) The key can only be
{ Warning Indicators 0 66. inserted and removed from this
position.
Do not park the vehicle on a Starting the Engine
flammable surface. The high 1: (ACC) When the key is in this
temperature of the exhaust position, the audio system operates.
system could ignite the surface. 2: (ON) Turn the key to this position
for preheating, until K goes out.
See Keys 0 17. When the key is in this position, the
engine is ready to start and all
Getting Started electrical systems are active.
Check Before Starting Do not leave the switch in this
position for a long time, unless the
. Check that windows, mirrors and engine is running, otherwise the
lamps are clean. vehicle's battery will discharge.
. Visually check tyre inflation. 3: (START) Turn the key to this
Check the tyre pressures
weekly. { Warning position and release when the
engine is running.
. Ensure that all doors are closed Do not turn the engine off while See Ignition Positions 0 184,
and secured. the vehicle is moving as there will Manual Transmission 0 191 and
. Position your seat for not be any power assist for Automatic Transmission 0 189.
comfortable driving. brakes or steering.
. Adjust rear view mirrors. Never remove the key while the
. Fasten seat belts. vehicle is moving, as this will lock
the steering.
. Check that the warning
indicators illuminate when
turning the ignition on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17
Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
The key operates all doors and the
ignition.
Windows Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Rear Window . . . . . . . . . .
27
29 . Press " once to unlock the
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 driver's door.
Keys and Locks . Press " twice to unlock all other
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 18
Keys and Locks doors.
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 The hazard lamps flash twice.
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Keys . Press and hold " to
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 21
automatically open all windows.
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Caution
. Press Q to lock the doors.
Doors
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Do not attach heavy or bulky The hazard lamps flash once
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 items to the ignition key. and any open windows
automatically close.
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . 24 These features can be
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 customized through the
Infotainment System.
Exterior Mirrors See Tailgate 0 23 and Central
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Locking System 0 21.
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 26
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Foldaway key blade About the keys . The power supply is interrupted
. The remote control has a range for a short time.
of up to 20 metres. . The vehicle is parked near
. The range depends on the strong radio activity.
charge of the key battery, on Replacement keys
ambient conditions, the key's
location and the area If a key is lost, a replacement can
between them. be ordered through any Holden
Dealer by quoting the key code
. Take care that no button is number. The number is printed on a
pressed unintentionally, detachable tag supplied with
especially when the vehicle is the key.
out of sight.
. Protect from moisture and high Remote Vehicle Start
1. Press button to extend the key temperatures.
blade.
The key buttons may not work if
2. To retract the key blade, press
the button and fold the blade . More than 20 metres from the
into the key. vehicle.
. Battery voltage is too low.
See Battery replacement under
Remote Control 0 20.
. The key buttons are operated
repeatedly while not in range of
the vehicle.
. The central locking system is
operated at frequent intervals.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If equipped, this feature allows the confirms the request to remote For example, if the engine has been
engine to be started from outside start the vehicle has been running for five minutes, and
the vehicle. received. 10 minutes are added, the engine
will run for a total of 15 minutes.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This When the engine starts, the park
button will be on the RKE lamps will turn on and remain on as A maximum of two remote starts,
transmitter if the vehicle has remote long as the engine is running. The or a single start with an extension,
start. doors will be locked and the climate is allowed between ignition cycles.
control system may come on. The vehicle's ignition must be
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a The engine will continue to run for turned on and then back off before
remote start. The rear defog may 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the remote start procedure can be
come on during remote start based 10-minute time extension. Remote used again.
on cold ambient conditions. start can be extended only once.
Cancelling a Remote Start
Other conditions can affect the If the engine is running when you
enter the vehicle, turn the ignition To cancel a remote start, do one of
performance of the transmitter. See the following:
Remote Control 0 20. switch ON. If the engine is not
running when you enter the vehicle, . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
Starting the Vehicle start the engine normally. vehicle and press and hold /
To start the engine using the remote Extending Engine Run Time until the park lamps turn off.
start feature:
For a 10-minute extension, repeat . Turn on the hazard warning
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Steps 1–3 while the engine is still flashers.
vehicle. running. The remote start can be . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
2. Press and release Q. extended once.
3. Immediately after completing When the remote start is extended,
the second 10 minutes will start
Step 2, press and hold / for at
immediately.
least four seconds or until the
turn signal lamps flash. The
turn signal lamps flashing
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Conditions in Which Remote Start Remote Control Place the negative side (-)
Will Not Work down towards the base.
The remote vehicle start feature will
Battery Replacement 4. Close the cover.
not operate if: As soon as the range of the remote
5. Check the key operation.
. The key is in the ignition. control reduces, replace the battery:
Note
. The bonnet is not closed. Replace battery in remote key is
. Batteries do not belong in
also displayed on the instrument
. The hazard warning flashers panel when the battery requires household waste. Dispose of at
are on. replacing. an appropriate recycling
collection point.
. The malfunction indicator lamp
is on. . Avoid dropping the transmitter.
. The engine coolant temperature . Do not place heavy objects on
is too high. the transmitter.
. The oil pressure is low. . Keep the transmitter away from
water and direct sunlight.
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
single remote start with an . If the transmitter gets wet, wipe
extension, have already it with a soft cloth.
been used.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). Caution
Avoid touching the flat surfaces of
Use CR2032 (or equivalent) battery. the battery, the circuit board and
other components inside the
1. Open the cover.
remote control with bare fingers.
2. Remove the used battery. Handling will shorten battery life.
3. Install the new battery.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Manual Door Locks Door Lock Snibs Central Locking System

Doors may be locked and unlocked
by pressing buttons on:
. The driver’s door armrest
. The key from inside or outside
the vehicle
Note
. The driver's door must be closed
for the driver's door to lock.
. A horn chirp may sound as a
reminder if a door is not closed.
. . Pulling on an interior door

. Insert the key into the door lock. To lock all doors from the inside,
push the door lock snib so it is handle will not unlock a door
. Turn the key clockwise to lock all unless an unlock button has
flush with the door handle.
doors. been pressed.
. To unlock any door from the
. Turn the key anticlockwise to The vehicle may have features that
inside, pull the door lock snib
unlock the driver's door. outwards. can have customised settings. See
Vehicle Personalisation 0 85.
Note . The driver's door lock snib does
Tap the key slot or heat the key if not operate when the door
the door does not unlock in cold is open.
weather.
Note
Do not operate the switches
constantly.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Central locking button Safety Locks Rotate the switch using a key or
suitable screwdriver.
The vehicle may have child security
rear door locks. To activate:
. Rotate the switch in a clockwise
direction.
To open a door when the child
security rear door lock is activated:
. Open the door from the outside.
Locks and unlocks all doors.

. Press Q to lock.
. Press K to unlock. { Warning
Use the child security door locks
whenever children are occupying
the rear seats.
The child security rear door locks

prevent the rear doors from being
opened from the inside.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Doors Side steps

The vehicle may have side steps.
Rear Doors
Space cab
. To lock, turn the key

anticlockwise until the key is in
the vertical position.
The side steps provide an extra . To unlock, turn the key clockwise
foothold for accessing the front or until the key is in the horizontal
rear doors. position.
To open a rear door: Pull the handle upwards to open.
1. Open the front door. Tailgate . The key can be removed from
2. Open the rear door by using Locking and unlocking either the locked or unlocked
the handle located on the front positions.
The vehicle may have a
edge of the rear door panel. tailgate lock.
Note
When closing doors, close the rear
doors before closing the front doors.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. .
Vehicle Security If the alarm was triggered during
alarm activation, the horn will
LED flashes quickly (doors or
bonnet are not completely
sound three times and the closed, or there is a system
Anti-theft Alarm System hazard warning flashers will fault).
The system monitors the doors, activate three times, while When the system is armed:
ignition and the bonnet. unlocking the vehicle.
. LED flashes slowly.
The system is activated: Status LED
If a fault occurs, contact a Holden
. Thirty seconds after locking the Dealer.
vehicle.
. Alternatively, by pressing Q on Immobiliser
the key a second time. The immobiliser prevents
The system is deactivated by: unauthorised engine starting.
. If an invalid key is inserted into
. Pressing " on the key. the ignition switch/lock, an
Note indicator on the instrument panel
. If the driver's door is opened will flash.
manually, while the alarm is The vehicle will not start.
activated, the key needs to be
inserted into the ignition within . The engine is automatically
10 seconds to avoid triggering The status LED is located on top of immobilised after the key is
the alarm. During the the instrument panel. turned to LOCK and has been
10 seconds, the horn chirps and removed from the ignition
During the first 30 seconds of
the hazard warning flashers switch/lock.
system activation:
activate to provide a warning. . Only valid ignition keys can be
. LED illuminates (test, arming
. When the alarm is triggered, the used to start the engine.
delay).
horn sounds and the hazard
warning flashers activate for
30 seconds.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
. If A flashes or illuminates when Exterior Mirrors L: Left side mirror selected

the ignition is on, there is a fault R: Right side mirror selected
in the system. The engine Convex Mirrors
cannot be started. Turn the ): No mirrors selected
ignition off and on again. The convex exterior mirrors provide To adjust an exterior mirror:
a wider view of the road and traffic.
If the control indicator continues 1. Push the switch to L or R.
to flash or illuminate, try to start
the engine using the spare key. { Warning 2. Press the directional switch to
adjust the angle of the mirror.
Have the vehicle checked by a Objects seen in these mirrors are
Holden Dealer. closer than they appear. Folding Mirrors
Note Manual Folding
The immobiliser does not lock the Power Mirrors
doors. The vehicle may have manual
folding mirrors.
See Instrument Panel
Overview 0 61.
Adjust the driver’s or passenger’s

side mirror.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
When the vehicle is parked, the If one mirror has been manually Interior Mirrors
mirrors may be folded flat against extended or folded, the other mirror
the side of the vehicle. can be extended or folded
electronically by pressing the Manual Rearview Mirror
Electric Folding fourway switch down. Manual Anti-glare
The vehicle may have electric Note
folding mirrors.
If both mirrors are folded, push the
four-way switch down to guarantee
the correct unfold position before
driving.
{ Warning
Always keep your mirrors properly
adjusted, and use them while
driving to increase your visibility
of objects and other vehicles
around you. Do not drive while
either outside rear view mirror is
folded back. Caution
Press the selector switch (L / R
switch) to the central position ● then The inner rear view mirror can be
push the four-way switch down. moved in four directions, so be
Both exterior mirrors will fold. cautious and avoid the contact
with the sun visors. Adjust all
Press the four-way switch down
mirrors in the most effective
again – both exterior mirrors return
position before starting to drive
to their original position.
the vehicle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
To reduce headlamp glare from Windows Power Windows

following vehicles, pull the lever on
the underside of the mirror housing.
Manual Windows { Warning
Automatic Dimming Take care when operating the
Rearview Mirror power windows. Risk of injury,
(If equipped) particularly to children.
If there are children on the rear
seats, switch on the child safety
system for the power windows.
Be careful when closing the
windows. Ensure that nothing
becomes trapped in them as
they move.
. The vehicle may have a lever to Power windows can be operated.

open the rear side windows.
. With ignition on.
. Push the lever towards the front
. Within 10 minutes after switching
of the vehicle, then outwards.
Headlamp glare from following to position 1 – ignition off.
vehicles at night is automatically After switching off the ignition,
reduced. window operation is disabled when
any door is opened.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
To stop the window at the desired the window can still close on an
position while the window is in object in its path. Use care when
automatic operation, pull up or using the override mode.
press down and release the switch
to the same direction of the
movement.
{ Warning
Body parts outside the vehicle
Anti-pinch Function
can be struck by passing objects.
If the windows encounters any Keep all parts of the body inside
resistance during auto closing, it will vehicle.
stop immediately and open again.
Children can operate and become
entrapped in power windows.
Operate the switch for each { Warning
respective window by pushing to Do not leave your keys or
open or pulling to close. The switch Anti-pinch function may not unattended children in your car.
for the driver's window has a light operate after consecutive uses.
Serious injury or death can occur
which signals, through illumination, Do not operate the window switch
from misuse of power windows.
the operation readiness. with no purpose.
Auto Up/Down
Override Safety Function Pressure Relief
To fully open the window To reduce front door closing effort,
automatically, press the switch fully In an emergency, the anti-pinch when a front door is opened its
down. To fully close the window feature can be overridden in a respective closed window will
supervised mode. Hold the window
automatically, pull the switch fully automatically lower several
switch all the way up to the second
up. In automatic operation, the centimetres. Once the door is
position. The window will rise for as
window will fully open or close even closed, the window will raise
long as the switch is held. Once the
if you let go of the switch. automatically.
switch is released, the express
mode is re-activated. In this mode, Should a window fail to close
a horn chirp may sound.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Child Safety System for Initialising the Power Windows Heated Rear Window
Windows If the windows cannot be closed
automatically (e.g. after
disconnecting the vehicle battery),
activate the window electronics as
follows:
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press the button for 2 seconds
to move the window down.
3. Press the button to move the
window up and close it
completely. Keep holding the
switch pulled for additional Electronic Control
2 seconds after the window
Press switch v to deactivate the regulator stops at the top Operated by pressing the K button.
power windows of the rear doors. position.
The other power windows can be
operated by switches on the
driver's door.
Overload
If the windows are repeatedly
operated within short intervals, the
window operation is disabled for
some time.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. If the sun visor has a mirror,
Caution close the cover when driving.
Do not use sharp instruments or
abrasive window cleaners on your { Warning
vehicle's rear window. Do not place the sun visor in such
Do not scratch or damage the a position that it reduces visibility
defroster wires when you clean or of the roadway, traffic or other
work around the rear window. objects.
Sun Visors Assist grips

Manual Control
Operated by pressing the + button.
Heating works with the engine
running and is switched off
automatically after a short time or by
pressing the button again.
The LED lights up to indicate that it
is on.
. The sun visors can be folded The vehicle may have assist grips.
down or folded outwards over . Assist grips are located above
the side window, to prevent
the doors to assist passengers
glare.
getting in and out of the vehicle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. The assist grips above each rear
door may include a coat hook.
{ Warning
Do not hold onto the assist grips
while seated in the vehicle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
32 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Head Restraints
Restraints Child Restraints { Warning
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 45
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 48 This safety feature is not intended
Head Restraints ISOFIX Child Restraint to rest the head upon. It is solely
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 for the reduction of whiplash neck
Front Seats Top-Tether Child Restraint movement in an accident
Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 involving your vehicle.
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 The centre of the head restraint
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 35 should be at eye level, never at
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
neck level.
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . 39
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 44
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Seats and Restraints 33
Height Adjustment . Adjust the seat so that your legs

Front Seats are slightly angled when against
the pedals.
Seat Position
. Adjust the backrest angle to
easily reach the steering wheel
{ Warning with arms slightly bent. See
To avoid reducing the Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 62.
effectiveness of seat belts, . Maintain contact between
seatbacks should only be upright shoulders and the backrest
or at most semi-reclined when the when turning the steering wheel.
vehicle is moving. . Adjust the head restraint. See
Head Restraints 0 32.
. Slide the passenger seat as far
. Pull the head restraint up. back as possible.
. Press the locking button and
push the head restraint down. Seat Adjustment
{ Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25 cm from
the steering wheel, to allow safe
airbag deployment.
. Sit centrally in the seat.

. Use the backrest and cushion
for support.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Try to move the seat back and forth Seat Height

{ Warning to ensure the seat is locked in
The vehicle may have seat height
place.
Do not adjust the driver's seat adjustment.
when the vehicle is moving as the Seat Backrests
seat could move suddenly
causing the driver to lose control.
Seat Positioning
. To lower the seat cushion, push

1. Recline the seatback by pulling the lever down several times.
the lever. . To raise the seat cushion, pull
2. Adjust the angle and release the lever up several times.
the lever.
1. Move the seat forwards or 3. Allow the seat to engage.
backwards by lifting the handle
at the front and sliding the seat. Note
Do not lean on the seat when
2. Release the handle to engage adjusting.
the latch.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Power Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests Seat Height

Seat Positioning
The vehicle may have power seat
adjustment.
. Recline the seatback by sliding . To lower the seat cushion, push

the switch forwards or the switch downwards.
rearwards. . To raise the seat cushion, pull
the switch upwards.
. Move the seat forwards or
backwards by sliding the switch.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Heated Front Seats To turn the heater off: Rear Seats

The vehicle may have heated front 1. Return the switch M to the Folding down rear seatbacks
seats. centre position.
The vehicle may have rear seats.
LEDs extinguish
{ Warning { Danger
Ensure the rear seatbacks are
If you cannot feel temperature
securely in place.
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To Do not adjust the rear seatback
reduce the risk of burns, people while the vehicle is moving. This
with such a condition should use could cause damage or injuries to
care when using the seat heater, the occupants.
especially for long periods of Do not allow passengers to sit on
time. Do not place anything on the folded seatbacks while the
the seat that insulates against vehicle is in motion. Unrestrained
To warm the seat: heat, such as a blanket, cushion, luggage or passengers on a
1. Start the engine. cover, or similar item. This may folded seatback could be thrown
cause the seat heater to within or ejected from the vehicle
2. Press the switch M. overheat. An overheated seat in a sudden stop or accident.
Low heat setting - 1 LED heater may cause a burn or may
illuminates damage the seat.
High heat setting - 2 LEDs Do not fit any seat cover
illuminate Caution
(including genuine Holden
accessory covers) to heated Do not trap the seat belt when
seats. returning the seatback to the
upright position.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
To fold the rear seatbacks down: Armrest Seat Belts

1. Unbuckle the centre seat belt by
inserting the ignition key tip into
the slot.
2. Allow the belt to retract slowly.
Caution
Do not let go of the unbuckled
seat belt until it is fully retracted.
3. Crew cab: pull up on either the

single centre, or both outboard
seatback release straps. Unfold the armrest by pulling
4. Fold the seatback forwards. downwards from the top. { Warning
To return the seatback to the Seat belts are designed to bear
upright position: upon the bony structure of the
1. Lift the seatback upwards and body, and should be worn low
push firmly back into place to across the front of the pelvis or
secure. the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
as applicable; wearing the lap
2. Reconect and secure the centre
section of the belt across the
seat belt, making sure it is not
abdominal area must be avoided.
twisted.
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

Seat belts should be adjusted as or prevent the seat belt assembly Incorrect handling (e.g. removal
firmly as possible, consistent with from being adjusted to remove or fitting of belts or belt buckles)
comfort, to provide the protection slack. can deploy the belt tensioners
for which they have been The belts lock during heavy with risk of injury.
designed. A slack belt will greatly acceleration or deceleration for
reduce the protection afforded to the safety of the occupants. . When the belt tensioners have
the wearer.
been deployed, 9 illuminates on
Care should be taken to avoid Note the instrument panel. See Safety
contamination of the webbing with Belt Reminders 0 69.
Make sure that the belts are neither
polishes, oils and chemicals, and damaged by shoes or sharp-edged . Deployed belt tensioners must
particularly battery acid. objects or trapped. Prevent dirt from be replaced.
Belts should not be worn with getting into the belt retractors. . Belt tensioners are only
straps twisted. triggered once.
Belt Force Limiters
Each belt assembly must only be
On front seat three point belts,
used by one occupant. It is stress on the body is reduced by the { Warning
dangerous to put a belt around a gradual release of the belt during a
child being carried on the Do not attach or install objects
collision.
occupant's lap. that may interfere with the
Belt Tensioners operation of the belt tensioners.
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user In the event of a front, side or rear Do not make any modifications to
which will either prevent the seat collision of a certain severity, the belt tensioner components.
belt adjusting devices from driver's and/or front passenger's
operating to remove slack, three point seat belts are tightened.
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Three-Point Seat Belt Height Adjustment

Fitting
Loose or bulky clothing hinders the

belt from fitting snugly. Do not place
objects such as handbags or mobile 1. Pull the belt out slightly.
phones between the belt and 2. Pull the button.
Withdraw the belt from the reel, your body.
guide it untwisted across the body 3. Adjust height and engage.
and engage the latch plate in the
buckle. Tension the lap belt
{ Danger { Warning
regularly while driving by tugging The belt must not rest against
the shoulder belt. hard or fragile objects in the Adjust the height so that the belt
pockets of your clothing. lies across the shoulder. It must
not lie across the throat or
upper arm.
Do not adjust while driving.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Removing Safety Belt Use During Verify that the belts have no sign of
deterioration or have not been
Pregnancy jammed by a sharp object.
Seat Belt hardware should be kept
{ Warning dry and free of dust or debris. As
The lap belt must be positioned necessary, exterior hard surfaces
as low as possible across the and seat belt webbing may be lightly
pelvis to prevent pressure on the cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
abdomen.
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
Seat belts work for everyone, see the dealer. Parts may need to
including pregnant women. Like all be replaced to ensure proper
occupants, they are more likely to functionality of the system.
To release the belt, press the red be seriously injured if they do not
button on the belt buckle. wear a seat belt. { Warning
The belt will automatically return to A pregnant woman should wear a
three point belt with the lap portion Care should be taken to avoid
its original position, if required pull contamination of the webbing with
the buckle downward and then of the belt worn as low as possible
below the rounding of their stomach, polishes, oils and chemicals, and
release it, so that the belt will be
throughout the pregnancy. particularly battery acid.
fully retracted.
Safety Belt Care
Seat Belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.
Do not make any changes to the
seat belt system.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Caution Airbag System { Warning

When deployed, airbags inflate
. The complete belt system WARNING – EXTREME
within milliseconds. They also
should be inspected and deflate so quickly that it is often HAZARD!
verified by a technician on a unnoticeable during the collision.
regular basis. Do not use a rearward facing
child restraint on a seat protected
. The seat belt, which was
exposed to an accident, has
{ Danger by an airbag in front of it!
to be replaced by a Do not make any modifications to The child could be seriously
new one. the airbag system. injured if the airbag inflates, as
the child's head would be very
The driver should sit back as far close to the inflating airbag.
Replacing Safety Belt as possible while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. Sitting too Remember that it is safest for
System Parts after a children to be seated in the rear
close to the airbag can cause
Crash death or serious injury when it seats. See Child Restraint
inflates. Systems 0 45.
{ Warning Always wear a seat belt.
It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn { Warning
in a severe impact even if Airbags are part of the
damage to the assembly is not supplemental restraint system
obvious. (SRS) as they assist, but do not
replace seat belts. Airbags do not
deploy in every accident. Various
factors dictate whether they
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Front Airbag System

Warning (Continued) { Warning
deploy including speed, angle of The horn pad must not be
collision and object hit. Airbags covered with adhesive or any
are not designed to inflate if the other material.
vehicle is hit from the rear or is The driver should adjust the seat
involved in a rollover. Seat belts as far rearward as possible while
must be worn by all passengers still maintaining control of the
whenever the vehicle is moving. vehicle.
Airbags inflate with great force.
If you are too close to an inflating
airbag it may cause injury.
Seat belts help keep you in
{ Warning
position for airbag inflation in the The front airbag system consists of Do not place any objects on or
event of a collision. one airbag in the steering wheel, over the instrument panel or
one in the instrument panel on the between an airbag and yourself.
passenger's side and a knee airbag
See Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner in the lower part of the driver's side Do not hang anything from the
Light 0 70. instrument panel. sun visor or mirror.
These can be identified by the word Passengers must not rest their
AIRBAG. feet on the instrument panel.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Side Airbag System
Front airbags will inflate in certain SIAB deploy in most, but not all,
severe frontal or near frontal severe side impacts.
impacts. Front airbags are not The vehicle may have Side Impact Because there is limited time
designed to inflate if the vehicle is Airbags (SIAB) that are stored in the available to detect some side
struck from the side, rear or in sides of the front seats, the side impacts, it is not possible to deploy
rollovers. Always wear a seat belt. closest to the door. the SIAB in all serious accidents.
SIAB are identified by the labels A SIAB will deploy in certain severe
with the words SRS AIRBAG on side impacts. SIAB are not designed
the seatback. to inflate if the vehicle is struck from
the front, rear, or in rollovers.
Always wear a seat belt.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Curtain Airbag System

{ Warning
Do not fit unauthorised seat
covers as they may impair the
deployment of the Side Impact
Airbags (SIAB).
Do not position your body or any
object (including pillows) between
front seats and doors.
Do not lean on, or sleep against,
the door. Always sit centrally in . The curtain airbags deploy in
the seat. most, but not all severe side
Always wear a seat belt. . Curtain airbags are stored in the impacts.
roof on each side of the vehicle. . The risk of injury to the head in
. They can be identified by the the event of a side impact is
word AIRBAG on the roof pillars. considerably reduced.
{ Warning
Do not position your body or any
object (including pillows) in the
area in which the airbag inflates.
There must be no objects in the
area in which the airbag inflates.
Refer to the illustration.
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Warning (Continued)
Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints
Parts after a Crash
Use the hooks above the doors Note Child Restraint Systems
only to hang up light articles of
After an accident where airbags
clothing.
have deployed, the systems, { Warning
Do not place any objects in the associated parts and hardware must
pockets of the hanging items. be checked and replaced as WARNING – EXTREME
required. HAZARD!
Do not hold onto the assist grips
(above the doors) while seated in Seats, associated parts and Do not use a rearward facing
the vehicle. hardware must also be checked and child restraint on a seat protected
replaced as required. by an airbag in front of it!
Do not lean on, or sleep against
the front or rear doors. Always sit The airbag system should also be The child could be seriously
centrally in the seat. inspected after an accident if: injured if the airbag inflates, as
the child's head would be very
Always wear a seat belt. . The instrument panel area or
close to the inflating airbag.
steering wheel is scratched,
cracked or damaged. Remember that it is safest for
. The front seats and upholstery children to be seated in the rear
are damaged. seats.
. The headliner or trim panels are
damaged.
It is recommended that this work be
carried out by a Holden Dealer or
approved repairer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
{ Warning { Warning
This manual provides you with Always ensure that the seat belt
general information concerning fits firmly around the child
child restraints only. restraint, as applicable to the type
The driver is required by law to of restraint used.
ensure that passengers are If a child cannot see out of the
suitably restrained. In most States window, do not raise him/her by
and Territories of Australia and means of an ordinary cushion.
New Zealand, specific laws may It will not stay in place in a
exist which require children to be collision and the child can slip out
seated in approved child of the straps and become
{ Warning restraints and/or in certain entangled.
SPACE CAB locations within the vehicle.
Do not use child restraints on the Holden strongly recommends that Child restraint seat belt
front and/or rear seats. These you refer to your specific State or locking feature
vehicles are NOT fitted with child Territory regulations to determine
(Crew cab)
restraint anchorage points. which child restraint and seat
location is suitable for your child. The rear seat belts have a child
SINGLE CAB restraint locking feature.
Do not use a child restraint on the When engaged, this feature
front passenger’s seat. These prevents the seat belt from being
vehicles are NOT fitted with child loosened without releasing the
restraint anchorage points. buckle.
To engage:
1. Clip the metal tongue into the
buckle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. Pull the shoulder belt all the Selecting the right system Booster seats are for when children
way out of the retractor to set outgrow a typical forward facing
the lock. When the retractor Infants child seat, but are still too small for
lock is set, the belt can be Rearward facing infant capsules are three point seat belts.
tightened but not pulled out of designed so that in the event of a
the retractor. collision, impact forces will be
evenly spread over the baby's back,
{ Warning
3. To tighten the belt around the
installed child seat, push down with minimal jarring to the Always move the passenger’s
on the child restraint, pull the vulnerable head and neck area. seat as far back as it will go
shoulder portion of the belt to Young children before installing a booster seat.
tighten the lap portion of the This locates the child as far from
belt and feed the shoulder belt Forward facing child seats are for the passenger’s airbag as
back into the retractor. use when the child is able to sit and possible.
easily hold their head upright.
4. Try to pull the belt out of the Remember that it is safest for
retractor to make sure the Booster seats children to be seated in the rear
retractor is locked. If the seats.
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 2 to 4.
5. To remove, press the release
button on the buckle and allow
the belt to fully retract.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Older children Where to Put the Warning (Continued)

Restraint
The vehicle may have child restraint 4 years should not be seated in
anchorage points. the front passenger’s seat. Check
your local road safety regulations
before seating a child in the
{ Warning front seat.
It is safest for children to be Where legally allowable, you may
seated in the rear seat. install a forward-facing child
Only child restraints that have restraint in the front seat, but
clips to attach to the vehicle's always move the passenger’s
anchorage fittings are to be used. seat as far back as it will go.
Earlier types of child restraints Child restraint anchorages are
A child should use a normal three may not attach securely to this designed to withstand only those
point seat belt only when: type of anchor. loads imposed by correctly fitted
. They can sit against the back of Use only Standards Australia and child restraints. Under no
the rear seat with knees bent New Zealand approved child circumstances are they to be
comfortably at the edge of used for adult seat belts,
restraints and harnesses. Only
the seat. harnesses, or for attaching other
purchase a child restraint which
. The lap belt rests low and snug carries the appropriate Standards items or equipment to the vehicle.
across the hips, not across the Australia sticker of approval.
stomach.
Australian States and Territories
. The sash belt is centred on the and New Zealand have laws
shoulder and chest. restricting the seating of children
. They are able to stay seated like in the front passenger’s seat. In
this for the entire trip. most jurisdictions, children under
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
ISOFIX Child Restraint top-tether straps to the top-tether

{ Warning Systems anchorage points. See Top-Tether
Child Restraint Systems 0 49.
SPACE CAB (Crew cab)
Do not use child restraints on the Top-Tether Child
front and/or rear seats. These Restraint Systems
vehicles are NOT fitted with child
restraint anchorage points. (Crew cab)
SINGLE CAB
Do not use a child restraint on the
front passenger’s seat. These
vehicles are NOT fitted with child
restraint anchorage points.
{ Warning Fasten vehicle-approved ISOFIX

Do not fit a child restraint to a rear child restraint systems to the
folding jump seat or a seat ISOFIX mounting brackets.
without a child restraint Note
A. Front of vehicle
anchorage point. Ensure that seat belt buckles are
placed out of the way of the The child restraint tether anchors
child seat. are located at the rear of the rear
Note seats in line with the three rear
If unsure about installing a child ISOFIX mounting brackets are seating positions.
restraint, contact an approved indicated by a label on the
restraint fitting station or a Holden seatback, as shown. In addition to Note
Dealer. the ISOFIX mounting, fasten the Use the child restraint anchors for
their designed purpose only.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Child restraint installation

When using a child restraint, read
the installation instructions supplied
with the child restraint and follow the
directions for fitment carefully.
The child restraint system should be
secured in conjunction with the
vehicle's seat belt.
Secure the child in the restraint in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
If unsure about installing a child
restraint anchor fitting, contact an
approved restraint fitting station or a
Holden Dealer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Storage 51
Storage Storage Front Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 51 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Luggage/Load Locations
Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Additional Storage Features
Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 A storage compartment is located
within each door.
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Information on Loading the Instrument panel upper storage.
Vehicle
Information on Loading the Caution
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Do not leave glasses, CDs, CD
cases or flammable items, e.g.
cigarette lighter, in the tray when
the vehicle is parked in direct sun
exposure or at high ambient
temperatures as the tray may
become very hot.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
52 Storage
A bottle holder is located at the front Glove Box Cupholders

of the door storage compartment.
{ Warning
To avoid scalding, never place hot
drinks in the cup holders.
Do not place uncovered
containers of liquid in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in
motion.
To open, pull the handle.

The vehicle may have a storage
compartment located between the
front seats. { Warning
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, always
keep the glovebox door closed
while driving.
The vehicle may have cupholders

located in the centre console,
between the front seats.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Storage 53
Sunglasses Storage Armrest Storage
Press the latch and lift the armrest

To open : Push the rear part of the lid upward.
cover.
To close : Pull up cover and push it
until it latches into place.
Do not use it to storing heavy
objects.
Underseat Storage
The vehicle may have rear seat 1. To access, lift the seat cushion.
storage compartments.
2. To open the storage box, lift
the lid.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
54 Storage
Luggage/Load Load Limit on the Tailgate Load Limit on the Rear

Bumper
Locations
Boot
Tailgate
To avoid damage to the tailgate,

limit the load placed on it: The maximum load on the rear
. Load placed in a single bumper is 100 kg.
concentrated area: 100 kg
. Load which is evenly distributed:
. To open, pull the centre handle 150 kg
and lower the tailgate.
. To close, raise the tailgate and
press the upper sides until it
engages.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Storage 55
Additional Storage After assembling the tonneau cover

set, follow the procedure below for
Features installing:
There are two different types of soft
Tonneau Cover tonneau cover with different
Soft Tonneau Cover installation procedures.
The vehicle may have a soft Installation (Tonneau cover 1):

tonneau cover.
The Tonneau Cover is used to
PARTIALLY protect the load
compartment and the items inside of
it from rain or dirt. 3. Push down along the front
edge of the cover until it is
The cover is made of flexible
secure.
material to facilitate handling,
opening and closing.
For cleaning, use only water, mild
soap, and a sponge or flannel.
Avoid using self-shine products
(silicone etc.).
1. Slide the bow through the
tonneau bow support bracket.
Caution
2. Place the tonneau cover
Never use chemical or abrasive roughly in position with the tags
products for cleaning the tonneau positioned at the sides and rear
cover. of the vehicle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
56 Storage
4. Starting from the rear, use the The other end of the bar will 4. Underneath the cover there is
finger loops to pull the cover's follow. a cord with attaching clips.
plastic strip over the slot 3. For storage, fold the cover, Working around the vehicle,
provided around the top edge ensuring the plastic sides are place the clips in the slot
of the load area. not bent. provided.
5. Push down with your hands to 4. Place in a secure location to 5. To remove the cover, pull the
smooth the rear strip into place prevent damage to the cover. clips out and up.
along the slot.
Fitting the Tonneau Cover with Installation (Tonneau cover 2):
6. After the cover is attached at
the rear, fit along both sides High Loads 1. Place one side of the rear
beginning at the front of the cross member into the inner
vehicle. side of the rail.
7. Where a sports bar is fitted,
wrap the velcro strips around
the sports bar on each side
and attach.
Note
The cover may be tight to fit
when new.
Removal:
1. Using the finger loops
provided, remove the cover by 1. Remove the bow if required.
pulling the loops out and up.
2. Attach the front of the cover.
2. From underneath the cover, See Soft Tonneau Cover. 2. Place the other end of the rear
remove the bar on one side, by cross member into the rail.
3. Lay the remainder of the cover
pushing it towards the front of Align the cross member ends
roughly in position. with the existing labels at the
the vehicle and tilting down.
top of the rail.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Storage 57
3. Repeat the procedure above If you use the load

for installing the front cross compartment with the tonneau
member. cover open, first roll up the
tonneau cover and then secure
Caution with the straps.
5. Attach the flexible sides of the
Never use the tonneau cover tonneau cover in to the side rail
without the cross members. support.
It provides support for the stretch
cover when the vehicle is moving 6. Lock the tonneau cover
and prevent water accumulation bearings to the rail bearings.
After that, apply downward
on top of the cover.
pressure with your hand until it
4. Stretch the tonneau cover on
locks.
the load compartment, fitting
the rear beam in to the side rail
Caution support without locking it. Caution
Never put weight on the cross Make sure that both sides of the
members or on any point of the tonneau cover are fastened to the
tonneau cover. bearings and rail before locking,
in order to avoid damage.
Caution
Before closing the tailgate, make
sure the vehicle keys are not
inside of the load compartment.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
58 Storage
Caution Caution (Continued)

When locking or unlocking the . Use of the cover without
tonneau cover, operate the lever being fully closed or
gently. properly rolled up and
secured with the straps.
. Improper cleaning.
Caution . Improper installation.
. Modification of the original
Do not use the Sport Bar as a
product design or removal
support for bracing the load (if
of the manufacturing series
In order to open the tonneau cover, equipped). number.
lower the tailgate and pull the
release lever on the underside of
the tonneau cover down.
Caution
Caution The tonneau cover warranty does
not apply in the following cases:
When opening the cover, do not
move the lever to the side, . Damage from collision.
only down. . Damage from carrying
sharp, pointed objects or
objects exceeding the
vehicle bucket height.
Caution
. Misuse of the cover
Lubricate the tonneau cover fastening system.
locking pin monthly. (Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Storage 59
Roof Rack System Information on See Tyre Pressure 0 270.

. Place heavier objects at the
. Distribute the load evenly and Loading the Vehicle bottom.
secure tightly with straps.
. Do not drive with the
. When carrying loads on the roof { Danger tailgate open.
rack/ladder rack (elevated load),
avoid hard braking, abrupt Do not stack objects higher than . Under no circumstances should
swerving or sharp steering. the front seats. people or animals be in the load
Do not allow passengers to sit on compartment while the vehicle is
Roof rack/ladder rack elevated
the folded seatbacks while the moving.
loads alter the handling of a
vehicle. vehicle is in motion. Serious . Do not exceed the maximum
injuries or death can result. load weights.
{ Warning See Vehicle Weight 0 268.
. Place all heavy objects in the . Do not place any objects on the
The total elevated load, including load compartment as far forward
the weight of the cross bars, must instrument panel.
as possible.
not exceed 75 kg. Distribute the . Ensure the backrests are
load evenly. . Secure objects to prevent from securely engaged.
sliding or being thrown out.
. Do not place unsecured objects
Note Movement of heavy objects in in the passenger compartment.
the load compartment may
The weight of the cross bars/ladder
change the handling of the
racks and the load must be included
vehicle.
when calculating the total
vehicle load. . Distribute load weight evenly.
. Adjust the tyre pressures and
vehicle speed according to the
load conditions. Check and
retighten the straps frequently.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
60 Instruments and Controls
Trailer Indicator Light

Instruments and Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 70
Brake and Clutch System (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Controls Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Information Displays
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Driver Information
Upshift light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Centre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Instrument Panel Overview
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 61 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . 71 Vehicle Messages
Descent Control System . . . . . . . 72 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Controls Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Warning Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 62 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 63 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 72 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Electronic Stability Control Brake System Messages . . . . . . 77
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 64 (ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 72 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . . 77
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Electronic Stability Control Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 77
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Engine Cooling System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System
Indicators Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . 78
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . 78
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . . 78
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Diesel Particulate Filter
Tire Pressure Monitoring Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 79
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . 74 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 74
Engine Coolant Temperature Object Detection System
Immobiliser Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Ride Control System
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . 74 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 69 Rear Fog Light (If equipped) . . . 75 Airbag System Messages . . . . . . 80
Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Anti-theft Alarm System
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 70
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Instruments and Controls 61
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . . 80 Instrument Panel Overview

Steering System Messages . . . . 80
Tyre Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Transmission Messages . . . . . . . 81
Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . 82
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . 82
Trip Computer
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Vehicle Personalisation
Vehicle Personalisation . . . . . . . . 85
Note 4. Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Not all indicators may be available. Warning Light 0 71
1. Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 74 5. Cruise Control Light 0 75
2. Malfunction Indicator 6. Safety Belt Reminders 0 69
Lamp 0 70 7. Turn Signal 0 68
3. Electronic Stability Control 8. Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light 0 72 (ESC) Indicator Light 0 72
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
9. Vehicle Ahead Indicator 0 72 21. Turn Signal 0 68 Controls

10. Brake and Clutch System 22. High-Beam On Light 0 74
Warning Light 0 70 23. Tire Pressure Monitoring Steering Wheel
11. Traction Control System System Light 0 73 Adjustment
Warning Light 0 73 24. Immobiliser Light 0 74
12. Safety Belt Reminders 0 69 25. Airbag and Seat Belt Tensioner
13. Charging System Light 0 70 Light 0 70
14. Fuel Gauge 0 67 26. Trailer Indicator Light
15. Engine Coolant Temperature (If equipped) 0 75
Gauge 0 68 27. Pre-Heat Light 0 73
16. Driver Information Centre 28. Rear Fog Light
(DIC) 0 75 (If equipped) 0 75
17. Lamps On Reminder 0 75 29. Front Fog Lamp Light 0 74
18. Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 71
19. Lane Departure Warning Unlock the lever, adjust the steering
(LDW) Light 0 72 wheel, then engage the lever and
20. Descent Control System ensure it is fully locked.
(DCS) 0 199 Do not adjust steering wheel unless
vehicle is stationary and steering
wheel lock has been released.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Steering Wheel Controls Horn
The Cruise Control and the Forward

Collision Alert can be operated by
the controls on the steering wheel.
The infotainment system can be Press a.
operated by the controls on the See Cruise Control 0 201.
steering wheel.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 97. System 0 203.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Windshield Wiper/Washer HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed Automatic wiping with rain
For a single wipe of the windscreen sensor (If equipped)
Windscreen Wiper when the windscreen wipers are off, INT : automatic wiping with rain
push the lever upwards. sensor
Adjustable Wiper Interval The rain sensor detects the amount
of water on the windscreen and
automatically regulates the
frequency of the windscreen wiper.
Adjustable sensitivity of the rain
sensor (If equipped)
Caution
Do not operate the windscreen
wipers on dry glass or when During intermittent operation, adjust
covered with snow or ice, as this the wiper interval:
will damage the rubber and . For frequent intervals, rotate the
scratch the glass. wheel downwards.
. For longer intervals, rotate the
Turn the adjuster wheel to adjust the
1x : Single wipe wheel upwards. sensitivity:
OFF : Off Low sensitivity : Turn adjuster
INT : Intermittent operation wheel upwards
LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
High sensitivity : Turn adjuster sensitivity when the ignition is

wheel downwards switched on, the windscreen wipers Caution
operate once to check the system.
Do not operate the windscreen
Caution Windscreen Washer washer for more than a few
Switch off the windscreen wiper seconds or when the washer fluid
and automatic operation with rain reservoir is empty.
sensor in car washes. Do not spray washer fluid on the
windscreen in freezing weather.
Switch the wipers off when in a
car wash.
Power Outlets
Pull the lever rearwards to wash the

windscreen.
Washer fluid is sprayed onto the
windscreen and the wipers operate.
Keep the sensor free from dust, dirt
and ice.
If you move the wiper to rain sensor
mode or turn the adjuster wheel
from low sensitivity to high
The 12V power outlets are located
on the front panel.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Caution Warning Lights,

Do not exceed the maximum
Gauges, and
power consumption of 120 Watts Indicators
per power outlet. The following warning lights and
With the ignition off and all doors reminders may appear on the
closed, the power outlets will be instrument panel.
deactivated after 10 minutes. A chime sounds with most warning
Additionally, the power outlets are lights and indicators.
deactivated in case of low battery
voltage. Speedometer
A 12V power outlet may be located Do not connect any
on the back of the front center current-delivering accessories,
console. e.g., electrical charging devices
Note or batteries.
Quantity and positioning of power Do not damage the sockets by
outlets depends on vehicle version. using unsuitable plugs.
Shows vehicle speed in kilometres

per hour (km/h).
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Odometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge
Shows distance travelled in Shows engine speed in thousands Shows the level of fuel in the tank.
kilometres. of revolutions per minute (RPM). If the fuel level is low:
Drive at a low engine speed/range
Trip Odometer for each gear, as much as possible. . . illuminates.
The Trip display shows the current . A chime sounds.
distance travelled since the last { Warning . A message is displayed. Refuel
reset of the trip odometer. immediately.
Do not allow the needle to remain
See Trip Computer 0 83.
in the warning/red zone.
{ Danger
Before refuelling, stop the vehicle
and switch the engine off.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Note Engine Coolant See Driver Information Centre

. The arrow on the fuel gauge (DIC) 0 75.
symbol indicates the side of the
Temperature Gauge
vehicle the fuel door is on. { Warning
. Never run the tank dry.
Do not continue driving with the
. If you operate the ignition switch temperature gauge needle in the
while refuelling, the fuel gauge red area. The engine is too hot.
may not indicate the correct fuel
level. Continued operation of an
overheated engine will result in
. On inclines, the fuel gauge may severe engine damage. See
not indicate the correct fuel level Engine Coolant 0 229.
due to movement of the fuel in
the tank.
Turn Signal
Shows the engine coolant . Push the lever in the same
temperature. direction the steering wheel is
turned.
Left area : Regular operating
temperature not yet reached . G flashes.
Central area : Normal operating G also flashes when the
temperature hazard warning is activated.
Right area : Temperature too high
. If G flashes quickly, see Bulb
If the engine is too hot, the gauge Replacement 0 233.
pointer will move toward the red
area, a warning chime will activate, See Fuses 0 238 and Turn and
and the Driver Information Center Lane-Change Signals 0 89.
will also display a message. Seek
the assistance of a Holden Dealer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Safety Belt Reminders If the driver seat belt is already If the passenger seat belt is
fastened, neither the control buckled, neither the chime nor the
indicator nor the chime comes on. light comes on.
See Seat Belts 0 37. The front passenger seat belt
If Seat Belt Reminder is active the warning light and chime may turn on
Rear Parking Assistance chime will if an object is put on the seat such
not operate. as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop, or other electronic
> for driver's seat illuminates or Passenger Safety Belt device. To turn off the warning light
flashes red. Reminder (If equipped) and/or chime, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
When the ignition is switched on, seat belt.
this control indicator is activated and
remains active for some seconds, to Rear Passenger Safety Belt
remind the driver to fasten the Reminder (If equipped)
seat belt.
Soon after the ignition is switched
on or the engine is started, the
control indicator begins to flash, and
C for passenger's seat illuminates
or flashes red.
also a chime sounds, for a few
seconds. Then the control indicator When the vehicle is started this light
stops flashing and illuminates until flashes and a chime may sound to
the driver seat belt is fastened. remind passengers to fasten their >>> for rear passenger's seat
seat belt. Then the light stays on appears on Driver Information
Additionally, if the driver remains
solid until the belt is buckled. Center.
with the seat belt unfastened while
the vehicle is moving, after reaching This cycle continues several times if When the ignition is turned on, the
a specific distance or speed, a the passenger remains or becomes symbols will be displayed in the
chime sounds and the control unbuckled while the vehicle is lower part of the DIC. If a rear seat
indicator flashes for several moving. belt is buckled, the corresponding
seconds. symbol will dim.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Once the vehicle is travelling over See Seat Belts 0 37 and Airbag . If the * warning light
10 km/h for approximately System 0 41. illuminates or flashes while
10 seconds, the symbols will driving, there is a problem with
extinguish. If a rear seat belt is Charging System Light the emission monitoring system.
unbuckled whilst driving, a chime Contact a Holden Dealer.
will sound and the corresponding . The " warning light illuminates
symbol will flash in the DIC. for a short time when the ignition . The * warning light may also
is turned on to show that the illuminate to indicate there is a
Airbag and Seat Belt light is working. malfunction in the Diesel Particle
Tensioner Light Filter (DPF). Contact a Holden
. If the " warning light Dealer.
. The 9 warning light illuminates illuminates while the engine is
running, there is a problem with . To avoid serious damage to the
for a short time when the ignition the charging system: vehicle, reduce vehicle speed,
is turned on to show that the avoid hard acceleration, avoid
light is working. 1. Stop the vehicle and switch off steep uphill gradients and if
the engine. towing a trailer, reduce the
. If the 9 warning light does not
2. Contact a Holden Dealer. amount of cargo as soon as
illuminate, does not extinguish
possible.
after few seconds or illuminates
while driving, there is a problem Malfunction
with the airbag or belt tensioner Indicator Lamp Brake and Clutch System
system. Warning Light
. The * warning light
illuminates when the ignition is $ illuminates red.
{ Warning turned on to show that the light Illuminates when the parking brake
Have any fault in the airbag or is working. is applied, if the brake fluid level is
belt tensioner system repaired too low, or if there is a brake system
immediately by a Holden Dealer. failure, see Brake Fluid 0 230.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Antilock Brake System Upshift light

{ Danger (ABS) Warning Light Upshift Gear
If the brake system warning light
. The ! warning light illuminates *: For vehicles with manual
illuminates, check the brake fluid
level and contact an authorised for a short time when the ignition transmission, the upshift indicator
dealer immediately. is turned on to show that the illuminates when a higher gear is
light is working. recommended for fuel economy,
If the brake fluid level in the avoiding high engine revolutions.
If the light:
reservoir is low, do not drive the Lower engine revolutions generally
vehicle. . Does not flash or stays on when allow for greater fuel economy.
the ignition key is turned on.
This may mean your brakes are
not working properly. Driving with . Remains on while driving. { Danger
malfunctioning brakes can cause Carefully stop the vehicle and The recommendation for upshift is
personal injuries and damage to turn off the engine.
only an aid to the driver and not
your vehicle and other property.
. If both the ! and the $ substitute the driver attention.
warning lights illuminate, there is Choosing the right gear is the
Illuminates after the ignition is a problem with both the ABS driver's responsibility and
switched on if the manual parking and the regular brakes. depends on the driving situation,
brake is applied, see Parking such as overtaking, towing or hilly
Brake 0 197. Contact a Holden Dealer
immediately. stretches.
If the parking brake has not been
fully released and the vehicle is Note
moving, after reaching a certain . The vehicle's brakes will still Four-Wheel-Drive Light
speed, the chime comes on and the operate but without the C The four-wheel-drive light comes
Driver Information Centre also assistance of the ABS. on when the transfer case is shifted
displays a message, see Driver . See Antilock Brake System into four-wheel drive and the front
Information Centre (DIC) 0 75. (ABS) 0 196. axle engages.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Some delay between the shifting Lane Departure Warning Electronic Stability
and the light coming on is normal.
(LDW) Light Control (ESC) Indicator
See Four-Wheel Drive. Light
@ If equipped, this light, located in
the center of the instrument panel,
Descent Control System comes on briefly while starting the
. The G warning light illuminates
vehicle. for a short time when the ignition
is turned on to show that the
If it does not come on, have the light is working.
vehicle serviced.
. The light flashes while driving, to
This light is green if LDW is on and show that the ESC is actively
ready to operate. helping the vehicle with road grip
This light changes to yellow and and stability.
5 illuminates or flashes green. flashes to indicate that the lane . If the light illuminates or does
Flashes to indicate that the Descent marking has been crossed without not extinguish while driving,
Control (DCS) is activated, reducing using a turn signal in that direction. contact a Holden Dealer
the vehicle’s speed. This will See Lane Departure Warning immediately.
happen in speeds between (LDW) 0 210. . See Driver Information Centre
approximately 7 km/h and 30 km/h
(DIC) 0 75 and Electronic
(manual transmission) or
approximately 4 km/h and 30 km/h
Vehicle Ahead Indicator Stability Control (ESC) 0 198.
(automatic transmission). V If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is Electronic Stability
Illuminates after pressing the 5 detected ahead. Control (ESC) Off Light
button to indicate that the system is
enabled if vehicle speed is below The indicator will display yellow . The g warning light illuminates
than 50 km/h. when you are following a detected for a short time when the ignition
vehicle ahead much too closely. is turned on to show that the
See Descent Control System
(DCS) 0 199. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) light is working.
System 0 203.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. If the light does not illuminate, If the indicator does not go out after Pre-Heat Light
contact a Holden Dealer. a few seconds, there is a fault in the
system. It is possible to keep driving . When the ignition key is turned
. g illuminates when the ESC is without Traction Control System ON, K illuminates and will stay
deactivated. (TCS) activated. illuminated until the engine is
. See Driver Information Centre Have the cause of the fault fixed by sufficiently warmed.
(DIC) 0 75 and Electronic a Holden dealer. . The preheating system switches
Stability Control (ESC) 0 198. on only if the outside
Flashes
temperature is low.
Traction Control System During ESC, TCS and/or TSC . See Starting the Engine 0 185.
Warning Light activation the DIC indicator will
flash.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
See Traction Control System (TCS)
0 198. See Electronic Stability
System Light
Control (ESC) 0 198. See Trailer 7 For vehicles with the Tyre
Sway Control (TSC) 0 218 Pressure Monitor System (TPMS),
this light comes on briefly when the
Traction Control System engine is started. It provides
G illuminates or flashes yellow. (TCS) Off Light information about tyre pressures
and the TPMS.
Illuminates i illuminates yellow.
When the Light Is On Steady
Illuminates for a few seconds after Illuminates when the system is
the ignition is switched on. If the deactivated. This indicates that one or more of
system is working normally, the the tyres are significantly
control indicator goes out. See Traction Control System underinflated.
(TCS) 0 198.
A Driver Information Centre (DIC)
tyre pressure message may also
display. See Tyre Messages 0 80.
Stop as soon as possible, and
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
inflate the tires to the pressure value . Do not drive the vehicle with the Immobiliser Light
shown on the Tire and Loading light illuminated. Contact a
Information label. See Tyre Holden Dealer. . The A warning light illuminates
Pressure 0 244. for a short time when the ignition
Caution is turned on to show that the
When the Light Flashes First and
light is working.
Then Is On Steady
Engine damage may result if you . If the light remains on, contact a
If the light flashes for about a minute keep driving. Do not run the Holden Dealer.
and then stays on, there may be a engine. If the oil level is normal,
problem with the TPMS. If the . See Immobiliser 0 24.
have the system checked by the
problem is not corrected, the light nearest Holden Dealer.
will come on at every ignition cycle. High-Beam On Light
See Tyre Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 247. Low Fuel Warning Light The 3 indicator light illuminates
when headlamp high beam is on.
Engine Oil Pressure Light . The . warning light illuminates
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
for a short time when the ignition Changer 0 88.
. The : warning light is turned on to show that the
illuminates for a short time when light is working.
the ignition is turned on to show
Front Fog Lamp Light
. The light illuminates when the
that the light is working. fuel tank is approaching empty. The vehicle may have front fog
If the light illuminates while driving: lamps.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
. The oil pressure is . If the engine is run to empty, the
. # illuminates on the instrument
dangerously low. panel when the lamps are
fuel system must be bled. See
in use.
Stop the vehicle as soon as Diesel Fuel System
possible and check the engine Bleeding 0 233. . See Front Fog Lamps 0 90.
oil level. . See Fuel types under Fuel 0 212
. See Engine Oil 0 226. and Fuel System
Messages 0 78.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Rear Fog Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays

(If equipped) The vehicle may have cruise
s illuminates yellow. control. Driver Information
It illuminates when the rear fog light . 5 illuminates on the instrument Centre (DIC)
is on. panel when the cruise control The Driver Information Centre is
has been set. located on the instrument cluster.
Lamps On Reminder . The light extinguishes when The Driver Information Centre
cruise control is turned off. displays information about your
; illuminates green. vehicle. It also displays warning
It illuminates when the exterior lights . See Cruise Control 0 201. messages if a system problem is
are on, see Exterior Lamp detected.
Controls 0 87. Trailer Indicator Light See Vehicle Messages 0 76.
(If equipped)
H Illuminates when the trailer is
connected to your vehicle. It will go
out when the trailer is disconnected.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Selecting Functions The following menus can be Vehicle Messages

selected:
The menus and functions can be Messages are displayed on the DIC
selected by the buttons on the turn . Vehicle Pages (Vehicle
or may be audible as a warning
signal lever. Information Menu)
chime.
. Trip Computer (Trip/Fuel
. Not all messages are displayed
Information Menu)
on all vehicles.
. ECO Menu (For vehicles
. Some settings can be changed
equipped with diesel engine)
in the personalisation menu.
Use the adjusting knob to scroll
See Vehicle Personalisation 0 85.
through the items in each menu or
to set a numeric value. Note
Press the SET/CLR button to select Some of the following messages
a function or to confirm a message. require immediate action to prevent
vehicle or engine damage.
See Trip Computer 0 83.
Warning Chimes
Press the MENU button to switch Warning chimes may sound.
between the menus.
When Starting the Engine or while
Driving
. If a seat belt is not fastened
. If a certain speed is exceeded
with the parking brake applied
. If a warning message appears in
the DIC
. If the parking assist detects an
object
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. If parking assist is activated Service Battery Charging System Reduce Speed for Descent Control
. If the vehicle speed exceeds the This message displays when there System (DCS)
adjusted speed value is a fault in the battery charging . The message is displayed when
system. Contact a Holden Dealer. Descent Control System (DCS)
When the Vehicle is Parked and/or is active and vehicle speed
a Door is Opened
Brake System Messages exceeds 30 km/h.
. Until the engine starts, with the . See Descent Control System
key in the ignition switch Brake Fluid Low
(DCS) 0 199.
. When exterior lights are on with . The message is displayed when
the engine off the brake fluid level is low. Cruise Control Messages
. See Brake Fluid 0 230.
Battery Voltage and Cruise Set to (...) Km/h
Release Parking Brake This message displays when the
Charging Messages
. The message is displayed when cruise control is set and shows the
Battery Saver Active the parking brake is on. speed it was set to, see Cruise
This message displays when the . Release the parking brake while Control 0 201.
vehicle detects that the battery driving the vehicle.
voltage is low. The battery saver Door Ajar Messages
system may disable some vehicle Hill Start Assist is Active
Door Open
features for battery saving and a . The message is displayed when
message is displayed. Turn off Hill Start Assist (HSA) is active The message is displayed when
unnecessary accessories to allow and is preventing rollback when one or more doors are open.
the battery to recharge. driving off, while on an incline. Close the doors completely.
Low Battery . See Hill Start Assist Bonnet Open
(HSA) 0 197.
This message displays when the The message will display when the
battery voltage is low. bonnet is open.
Close the bonnet completely.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Engine Cooling System Engine Oil Messages Fuel System Messages

Messages Change Engine Oil Soon Fuel Level Low
Engine Overheated – Idle Engine This message displays when the The message displays when the
. The message displays and a engine oil needs to be changed. fuel level is low and remains
continuous chime sounds if the See Engine Oil 0 226 for more displayed until the fuel tank is filled
engine cooling system reaches information. above the low fuel level.
unsafe temperatures for Water in Fuel – Contact Service
operation. Engine Power Messages
This message displays when the
. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is Engine Power is Reduced fuel sensor detects water in the
safe to do so. Allow the engine diesel fuel. See Fuel Filter 0 232 or
. The message displays when the
to idle for a few seconds, then contact a Holden Dealer.
turn the engine off, to avoid vehicle's engine power is
severe damage. reduced.
Diesel Particulate Filter
. The message clears when the Note
. Although the vehicle may still be Messages
engine has cooled to a safe
operating temperature. drivable, the accelerator input Diesel Partic Filter is Full
available may be limited, Continue Driving
resulting in reduced power.
Caution This message will be displayed on
. Have the problem repaired by a
the DIC when diesel particulate filter
Engine damage may result if the Holden Dealer as soon as cleaning is required. To clean the
engine is turned off immediately. possible. filter, continue driving the vehicle
Idle for a few seconds, then until the warning message
turn off. extinguishes. This may take up to
30 minutes. See Diesel Particulate
Filter 0 187.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Diesel Partic. Filter is Full Key and Lock Messages Service Parking Assist
Continued Driving Mandatory This message displays if there is a
Replace Battery in Remote Key
If the auto self clean has been problem with the Parking Assist
interrupted several times, this This message displays when the system. Do not use this system to
message may be displayed and a battery in the Remote Keyless Entry help you park. See your dealer for
chime may sound. Do not interrupt (RKE) transmitter needs to be service.
the cleaning process. Continue replaced.
driving the vehicle until the warning Ride Control System
message extinguishes. Lamp Messages Messages
If the SVS (Service Vehicle Soon) Check Brake Lamps
message turns on, the self-cleaning Service ESC
This message displays if a brake
process is not feasible. Contact a bulb needs to be replaced. This message displays if there is a
dealer soon. problem with the Electronic Stability
Control and/or Traction Control
If the diesel particulate filter is not Object Detection System system. Contact a Holden Dealer.
cleaned soon, the MIL (Malfunction
Indicator Lamp) will illuminate and
Messages
ESC OFF
the 'Engine Power is Reduced' Park Assist Off
message will be displayed. Vehicle This message displays when the
performance will be limited. This message displays when the Electronic Stability Control system
Parking Assist system has been has been switched off manually by
See Diesel Particulate Filter 0 187, turned off or when there is a pressing g on the instrument panel.
Engine Power Messages 0 78 and temporary condition causing the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 70. system to be disabled. Traction Control ON
This message displays when the
Traction Control (TC) system has
been switched on manually by
pressing g on the instrument panel.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Traction Control OFF Service Vehicle Messages Service Power Steering

This message displays when the This message displays when there
Traction Control (TC) system has
Service Vehicle Soon is a problem with electric power
been switched off manually by This message will be displayed on steering. Seek the assistance of a
pressing g on the instrument panel. the DIC if there is a problem with Holden Dealership or Authorized
the vehicle. Take your vehicle to a Repair Shop. See Steering 0 182.
dealer for service.
Airbag System Messages
Tyre Messages
Service Airbag Steering System
Service Tire Monitor System
This message displays if there is a Messages
problem with the airbag system. If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Contact a Holden Dealer. Steering Assist Is Reduced Drive Monitor System (TPMS), this
With Care message displays if a part on the
Anti-theft Alarm System This message may display if a system is not working properly. The
problem occurs with the electric tire pressure light also flashes and
Messages power steering system. If this then remains on during the same
Theft Attempted message appears, steering effort ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
may be slightly higher than normal. Monitoring System Light 0 73.
This message displays if a theft has Several conditions may cause this
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
been attempted. message to appear. See Tyre
caution while in reduced assist
While the ignition is on, press mode. If this message is persistent Pressure Monitor Operation 0 247.
MENU to clear the message. See or appears repeatedly, take the If the warning comes on and stays
Vehicle Personalisation 0 85 and vehicle to your dealer for service. on, there may be a problem with the
Anti-theft Alarm System 0 24. See Steering 0 182. TPMS. See your dealer.
Service Theft Deterrent System

This message displays if there is a
problem with the vehicle security
system. Contact a Holden Dealer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Tire Learning Active label. See Tyre Pressure 0 244 and Grade Braking Active
If equipped with the Tire Pressure Vehicle Weight 0 268. The DIC also For automatic transmission, this
Monitor System (TPMS), this shows the tyre pressure values. See message displays when the grade
message displays when the system Driver Information Centre braking feature has been activated
is relearning the tire positions on (DIC) 0 75. while driving on downhill gradients.
your vehicle. The tire positions must The message will only appear the
be relearned after rotating the tires Transmission Messages
first time the feature activates in an
or after replacing a tire or sensor. Press Clutch to Start Engine ignition cycle. See Grade Braking
See , Tyre Rotation 0 249, Tyre under Automatic
Pressure Monitor System 0 245, This message displays when
someone attempts to start a manual Transmission 0 189.
and Tyre Pressure 0 244.
transmission vehicle without Transmission Hot – Idle Engine
Tire Pressure Low Add Air To Tire pressing on the clutch pedal.
This message displays when
If equipped with the Tire Pressure Service Transmission immediate action by the driver is
Monitor System (TPMS), this necessary to prevent transmission
message displays when the This message displays if there is a
problem with the automatic failure.
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message transmission. Contact a Holden Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
also displays with a vehicle picture Dealer. safe to do so and turn the
to indicate the location of the low engine off.
Shift Denied
tire. The low tyre pressure warning R
light will also come on. See Tire For automatic transmission, this
Pressure Monitoring System Light message displays when the R displays when reverse gear is
0 73. You can receive more than transmission has not shifted to the engaged.
one tyre pressure message at a selected gear, as the current vehicle
speed will result in an engine speed Service 4WD
time. If a tyre pressure message
appears on the DIC, stop as soon outside the suitable range. See This message displays when there
as you can. Have the tire pressures Manual Mode 0 190. is a problem with the four-wheel
checked and set to those shown on drive system. Contact a Holden
the Tire and Loading Information Dealer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
4WD Shift in Progress To Exit 4WD Low Slow to 5 km/h Vehicle Reminder
This message displays while the This message displays if a Messages
four-wheel drive system is shifting. four-wheel drive shift out of
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested Ice Possible. Drive with Care
For 4WD Low Shift to Neutral but the vehicle speed is too high. This message displays when icy
This message displays if a conditions are possible.
four-wheel drive shift into Vehicle In 4WD Low
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested This message displays if the vehicle Parking Assist Off
and the vehicle speed is correct, but is driven in Four-Wheel Drive Low This message displays when the
the transmission is not in for about 10 minutes above Parking Assist (PA) system has
N (Neutral). 72 km/h. been turned off due to a fault. See
To Exit 4WD Low Shift To Neutral 4WD OFF Parking Assist 0 205.
This message displays if a This message displays when the Service Parking Assist
four-wheel drive shift out of four-wheel drive system is This message displays if there is a
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested temporarily disabled due to problem with the PA system.
and the vehicle speed is correct, but overheating. The vehicle will run in Contact a Holden Dealer.
the transmission is not in two-wheel drive when this message
N (Neutral). is present. Once the four-wheel Vehicle Speed Messages
drive system cools down, the
For 4WD Low Slow to 5 km/h message turns off and the Selected Speed Limit Exceeded
This message displays if a four-wheel drive system returns to This message displays when the
four-wheel drive shift into normal operation. vehicle speed is greater than the
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested adjusted set speed.
but the vehicle speed is too high.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Trip Computer Digital Speedometer See Low Fuel Warning Light 0 74

and Driver Information Centre
This mode indicates the vehicle
The trip computer is located in the (DIC) 0 75.
speed.
Driver Information Centre.
The distance can be different
The trip computer is divided into 3 Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2 depending on driving patterns.
sections: This mode indicates the current Note
. Trip Pages distance travelled, average vehicle
fuel consumption and average As an auxiliary device, the trip
. Vehicle Pages vehicle speed since the last reset. computer may differ from the actual
distance for remaining fuel
. Eco Pages To reset, press and hold the SET/ according to circumstances.
Trip Pages CLR button.
The driving distance for remaining
To operate the trip computer, press Fuel Range fuel can be changed by the driver,
the MENU button in the turn signal The Fuel Range display shows the the road, and the vehicle speed
lever. approximate distance the vehicle because it is calculated according to
can be driven without refuelling. the changing fuel efficiency.
Turn the adjusting knob to scroll
through the following menu items: The fuel range estimate is based on Instantaneous Fuel Economy
. Digital Speedometer. an average of the vehicle fuel This mode indicates the
economy over recent driving history instantaneous fuel economy of the
. Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2. and the amount of fuel remaining in vehicle to the user reflecting the
. Fuel Range. the fuel tank. effect of acceleration on fuel
. When the fuel range estimate is less consumption
Instantaneous fuel economy.
than 64 km, Fuel Level Low Timer
. Timer. message will appear on the Driver
. Outside Air Temperature. Information Center and the low fuel The timer function measures the
control indicator will start to flash. time that has passed since the last
Some modes can be reset by reset, using the elapsed time.
pressing the SET/CLR button.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
To reset the driving time to zero, To change between menus, press Speed Warning
press and hold the SET/CLR button the MENU button. This mode allows you to set the
for more than 1 second. warning signal for the desired
Battery Voltage
Outside Air Temperature speed.
This display shows the current
This mode indicates the outside battery voltage. To set the speed warning, press the
temperature in Celsius (°C) SET/CLR button and use the
degrees. Coolant Temperature thumbwheel to select the desired
This display shows the current speed.
Vehicle Pages coolant temperature. Remaining Oil Life (if available)
Depending on vehicle equipment,
Engine and Idle Hours This display shows the
some of the functions described
below might not be available. The hourmeter is used to display current percentage of oil life.
the number of hours that the engine Tire Pressure (if available)
Press the MENU button on the turn has been running.
signal lever until Vehicle Pages This display shows the current tire
menu is displayed. Tire Load (if available) pressure.
Use the adjusting knob to scroll This display shows the current
through the following menu items: tire load.
Eco Pages
. Battery Voltage. Press the MENU button on the turn
The tire loads that can be selected
are the following: signal lever until ECO menu is
. Coolant Temperature. displayed.
. Engine and Idle Hours. Light : Light loaded vehicle.
Turn the adjusting knob to scroll
. Tire Load (if available) ECO : Best Economy. through the following menu items:
. Transmission Fluid Temperature. Max : Heavy loaded vehicle. . Eco Index.
. Speed Warning. Transmission Fluid Temperature . Economy Trend.
. Remaining Oil Life (if available). This display shows the current . Fuel Economy.
transmission fluid temperature.
. Tire Pressure (if available).
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Eco Index Vehicle 1. Press MENU until Vehicle

This feature provides feedback to Information Menu is
the driver with a relative value of
Personalisation displayed.
how fuel efficient they are driving. The settings can be personalised in 2. Rotate the adjuster wheel to
The percentage is determined the Driver Information Centre (DIC) scroll through the following
based on current fuel consumption and in the Vehicle settings menu in menu items:
compared to what is expected by the Infotainment system. Speed warning
the calibration settings.
For settings available in the Remaining oil life
A leaf is shown at ECO Index Page Infotainment System, see
when driving economically, for that Settings 0 135, 151 Battery voltage
the indicator must be in the 3. To close or to return to the
Note
ECO area. previous page, press MENU.
Depending on the vehicle variant,
Economy Trend some of the following functions may Speed Warning
This page displays the average fuel not be available.
The speed warning allows a
consumption of the last 50 km. Each Settings in the DIC warning signal to be set, at a
column presents the average fuel chosen speed.
consumption of the last 5 km.
To set the speed warning:
Fuel Economy
1. Press SET/CLR.
The current instantaneous fuel
economy with the average and best 2. Rotate the adjuster wheel to
obtained indicated by two labeled select On.
arrows. The indicator slides left and 3. Press SET/CLR.
right within the bar depending the 4. Rotate the adjuster wheel to
current instantaneous fuel economy. select a speed.
The selectable ranges are 25 km,
100 km, and 500 km. 5. Press SET/CLR to confirm.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Remaining Oil Life 3. Press and hold theSET/CLR

. button on the end of the turn
Displays the estimate of the oil's
signal lever to reset the oil life
remaining useful life.
to 100%.
. If Remaining Oil Life 99% is
4. Turn the ignition off.
displayed, that means 99% of
the current oil life remains. Battery Voltage
. When the remaining oil life is . Displays the current battery
low, the Change Engine Oil voltage.
Soon message will appear on
the display. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil Life System
under Service Information 0 263.
. The oil life display must be reset
after each oil change. Be careful
not to reset the oil life display at
any other time. It cannot be
reset accurately until the next oil
change.
How to reset the Remaining Oil Life:
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine not running.
2. Press the MENU button on the
turn signal lever and rotate the
adjuster wheel to select the
Remaining Oil Life display.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Lighting 87
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Sidelights, number plate lights

and instrument panel lamps are
Exterior Lamp Controls illuminated
Exterior Lighting 2 : Headlights
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 87 Light Switch with Automatic
Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . 87 Light Control When lights are on, the control
Headlamp High/Low-Beam indicator ; lights up.
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 See Lamps On Reminder 0 75.
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Headlight Range
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Automatic Light Control
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . 89
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Reverse Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Misted Light Covers . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Interior Lighting Turn light switch:
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
O : With automatic light system,
turn the switch to activate or
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
deactivate the system, switch turns
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
back to AUTO When the automatic light function
Lighting Features AUTO : Headlights and exterior AUTO is switched on, the system
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 lights are switched on and off switches on the headlights and
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 automatically depending on external taillights automatically, depending
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 93 lighting conditions on the exterior illumination
conditions.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
88 Lighting
This function operates with a short Headlight Range

delay in dependence of lighting { Warning Adjustment
conditions.
Always switch the high beam
If the windscreen wipers continue to headlights to low beam when you Manual Headlight Range
operate 8 cycles when it is dark approach oncoming vehicles or Adjustment
enough outside, the exterior lamps other vehicles ahead. High beam
will illuminate automatically. headlights can temporarily dazzle
other drivers, which could result
Headlamp High/ in a collision.
Low-Beam Changer
Flash-to-Pass
To flash the high beam lights, pull
the lever rearwards and release.
The lights stay on for as long as the
lever is held.
To set the headlight range according

to vehicle load, turn the knob to the
required position.
0 or 1 : One person in the
driver's seat.
To switch from low to high beam, 1 or 2 : All the seats occupied.
push the lever.
2 or 3 : All seats occupied and load
To switch to low beam, pull the compartment full.
lever.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Lighting 89
Daytime Running Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change

Lamps (DRL) Signals
DRL increase the visibility of the
vehicle during daylight. The DRL
LEDs can operate in two different
intensities:
• Normal intensity for position light
• High intensity for DRL function
The DRL operate in high intensity in
the following conditions:
• The ignition is in the ON/
RUN mode.
• The exterior lamp control is in Operated with the | button.
AUTO (if available) or OFF (vehicles Push the lever in the direction the
Press again to turn the flashers off.
without AUTO light) steering wheel is turned.
The hazard warning flashers will
• The engine is running and the To signal a lane change, push the
activate automatically if the airbags
selector lever is not in P. lever part way in the direction of the
deploy.
turn. The turn signals will flash three
times (six times when a trailer is
connected).
To cancel a lane change function,
push the lever in either direction.
A green arrow on the instrument
panel flashes when the lamps are in
operation.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
90 Lighting
Front Fog Lamps Reverse Lamps Interior Lighting

The vehicle may have front fog The reverse lamps illuminate when
lamps. the ignition is on and reverse gear is Instrument Panel
engaged. Illumination Control
R is displayed on the DIC.
Misted Light Covers

Caution
Condensation may temporarily
appear on the inside of exterior
lamp lenses after rain or washing
the vehicle. Condensation occurs
when there is a temperature
difference between the inside and
The front fog lamps provide extra outside of the lamp allowing a fine
illumination to the sides of the road To adjust the instrument lighting
mist on the inside surface of the
and improve visibility in fog or snow. brightness:
lamp lens. This condensation will
To switch the front fog lamps on: disappear when the vehicle is in a 1. Rotate D.
dry environment or the lamp is on.
1. Rotate the lamp control to ; If water does collect in the lamp 2. Hold until the required
or 2. contact a Holden Dealer. brightness is reached.
2. Press #.
# illuminates on the instrument
panel.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Lighting 91
Courtesy Lamps
{ Warning
Do not leave the courtesy lamp
on while driving in the dark.
Reading Lamps
The vehicle may have reading
lamps.
The reading lamps are located
between the sun visors.
Slide the switch: Type 1
OFF : Remains off when doors are
Press 4. opened or closed.
The light automatically switches on DOOR : Automatically switches on
when a door is opened and turns off when a door is opened and turns off
after doors are closed. after doors are closed.
ON : Remains on when doors are
opened or closed.
Note
To prevent the battery from
discharging, turn the lamp off when
the engine is not running.
1. Press the light area to turn a
lamp on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
92 Lighting
The passenger’s or driver’s Ticket Holder Lighting Features

front lamp illuminates.
2. Press again to turn the Entry Lighting
lamp off.
Entry lighting provides additional
Type 2 security when returning to the
vehicle at night.
Press " on the key. Interior and
exterior* lights illuminate for a short
time.
*: with light control switch in Auto.
The lighting switches off when the
ignition is turned to the ACC
The vehicle may have a parking position.
ticket holder located between the Additionally, some interior lights and
reading lamps. switches will illuminate when the
Pull downwards slightly to insert a driver's door is opened.
1. Press the button to turn the ticket. See Ignition Positions 0 184.
lamp on.
Caution Exit Lighting
The passenger’s or driver’s
front lamp illuminates. The interior lamps will come on
Do not force the holder trying to fit when the key is removed from the
2. Press again to turn the thick amounts of paper or hanging ignition. The lamps will not come on
lamp off. objects, as this may cause the if the sliding button of the courtesy
Note holder to break. light is in the OFF position.
The reading lamps do not illuminate Headlights illuminate the way for an
when a door is opened. adjustable time after leaving the
vehicle. The exit lighting in the
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Lighting 93
standard setting is activated

30 seconds after the driver's door is
closed.
The activation time can be changed,
refer to Settings in the Infotainment
System.
To operate:
1. Switch off ignition.
2. Turn the light control switch to
Auto.
3. Remove ignition key.
4. Open driver's door.
5. Close driver's door.
Battery Power Protection

Switching Off Electric Lights
To prevent discharge of the battery
when the ignition is switched off,
some interior lights are switched off
automatically after some time.
If you turn off the ignition with the
exterior lights on, they will
immediately turn off. If you turn the
exterior lights on when the ignition is
off they will remain on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
94 Infotainment System
Infotainment Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Problems with Route
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 148
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
System Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
If the System Needs
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Steering Wheel Controls
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Introduction Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Database Coverage Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Radio
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 97 Voice Recognition AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Radio Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Phone Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 157
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 127
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Bluetooth (Infotainment Audio Players
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 102 Bluetooth (Voice Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Audio Players Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Phone
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 165
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Bluetooth (Infotainment
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Navigation Settings Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Using the Navigation Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Hands-Free Phone (Apple
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 CarPlay and
Trademarks and License Android Auto) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Agreements
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Trademarks and License
Trademarks and Licence
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Agreements
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Trademarks and Licence
Global Positioning Introduction Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Infotainment System 95
Introduction { Danger
functions may grey out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
Two infotainment systems are features are also available through
available. Taking your eyes off the road for the steering wheel controls.
too long or too often while using
This section describes the any infotainment feature can Before driving:
infotainment system with built-in cause a crash. You or others . Become familiar with the
Navigation system. For the system could be injured or killed. Do not operation, faceplate buttons, and
without built-in Navigation, see
give extended attention to screen buttons.
Infotainment 0 147.
infotainment tasks while driving. . Set up the audio by pre-setting
Note Limit your glances at the vehicle favourite stations, setting the
Some functions of the Infotainment displays and focus your attention tone, and adjusting the
System may not be compatible with on driving. Use voice commands speakers.
all phones or smartphones available whenever possible.
in the market. Such features also . Set up phone numbers in
depend on the connection with the advance so they can be called
internet and the service offered by easily by pressing a single
phone companies and apps { Warning button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
availability.
It is illegal to touch your phone Bluetooth phone capability.
Overview when driving. See “Defensive Driving” in the
Read the following pages to Make sure that Bluetooth® is owner manual.
become familiar with the activated before driving. If not,
Customer Care
infotainment system features. stop at a safe place to use a
mobile phone. Assistance is available to help with
Bluetooth pairing, application
downloading and installation, other
The infotainment system has built-in mobile device interface, and
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
operation support of the . Turn to increase or . Turn to manually select a

infotainment system. Contact your decrease the volume. station.
dealer for assistance. 2. RADIO 6. o BACK
Infotainment System . Press to change the audio . Press to return to the
The infotainment system is source between AM previous screen in a menu.
controlled by using the touchscreen, and FM.
7. TONE
the buttons below the touchscreen, 3. g or l (Seek)
steering wheel controls, and voice . Press TONE in the AUDIO
recognition. . AM and FM: Press g or screen to open the Tone
l to seek to the previous Settings menu.
or next station with good 8. MEDIA
reception.
. Press to change the audio
. AM and FM: Press and hold source between USB, AUX,
g or l to go to the and Bluetooth Audio,
desired station. if equipped and if
connected to the system.
4. { (Home Page)
. Power (On/Off/Mute)
Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the . Press O to turn the system on.
system. See “Home Page”. Press again and hold to turn
5. MENU it off.
1. O (Power/Volume) . Press to access the menu . Press O to mute the system.
. Press to turn the audio on. for the current audio Press again to unmute the
source. system.
. Press and hold to turn it off.
. Press to select the
. Press to mute the system. highlighted menu option.
Press again to unmute.
. Turn to scroll through a list.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Volume h (Previous) : Touch to go to the 5. Continue dragging and

previous Home Page. dropping application icons as
Turn O to increase or decrease the desired.
volume. k (Next) : Touch to go to the next
Note
Home Page. 6. Press { to exit edit mode.
When changing the audio source, a l (Interaction Selector) : Touch to
difference in volume may be display the favorites list. Steering Wheel Controls
experienced. Touch and hold a location within the
Home Page favorites area to begin the process
of saving a favorite application.
Touch the application icon to store
as a favorite. The name of the
application will be shown in
favorites.
Managing Home Page Icons
1. Touch and hold any of the
Home Page icons to enter
edit mode.
2. Continue holding the icon and 1. Volume button
drag it to the desired position. . Move the button upward to
3. Release your finger to drop the VOL + button to increase
The Home Page is where vehicle
icon in the desired position. the volume.
application icons are accessed.
Some applications are disabled 4. To move an application to . Move the button downward
when the vehicle is moving. another page, drag the icon to to - button to decrease the
the edge of the screen towards volume.
The Home Page can be set up to
have up to five pages with eight the desired page.
icons per page.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. 5 button . If an iPhone is connected, Using the System

press and hold to enter the
. Press this button to decline Siri function. Touchscreen Buttons
an incoming call or end a
current call. 4. _ /^ (seek) Touchscreen buttons show on the
screen when available. When a
. Press this button to mute or . When _ /^ are pressed function is unavailable, the button
unmute the infotainment up/down. may gray out. When a function is
system when not on a call. selected, the button may highlight.
In Radio modes, changes
3. % button broadcast frequencies Home Page Features
. When there is no saved.
Touch the icons on the Home Page
connected Bluetooth In USB/iPod/Bluetooth screen to launch an application.
device, the Infotainment audio modes, changes
system executes the the file. Audio
Bluetooth device Touch the AUDIO icon to display the
connection. . When _ /^ are pressed
and held. active audio source page. Available
. When there is a connected sources are AM, FM, DAB, My
Bluetooth device, press the In USB/iPod/Bluetooth Media, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX
button to answer the call or audio modes, rewind or fast Input.
enter the redial forward the file.
selection mode.
Phone
Touch the PHONE icon to display
If the customer's connected
the Phone main page. See
phone supports Speech
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 132
Recognition, press and hold
or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 127 or
the button to activate the
Bluetooth (Infotainment
phone's SR (Speech
Controls) 0 128.
recognition) mode.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Settings 2. Drag the icon to the Radio

applications tray.
Touch the SETTINGS icon to
display the Settings menu. See To remove an item from the AM-FM Radio
Settings 0 135. applications tray, drag the icon
from the applications tray back Playing the Radio
Applications Tray to the Home Page. While on the Audio main page, the
Press { to exit edit mode. available sources are: AM, FM,
DAB, My Media, USB, Bluetooth,
Adding or removing applications and AUX Input.
from the applications tray will not
remove them from the Home Page. . Touch the Audio screen button
on the Home Page or Radio
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces button below the touchscreen to
and Vehicle Information and scroll through AM, FM or DAB.
Radio Displays . Touch the Media screen button
For vehicles with high gloss on the Home Page or Media
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a button below the touchscreen to
microfibre cloth to wipe surfaces. scroll through My Media USB,
Before wiping the surface with the Bluetooth, and AUX Input.
The applications tray is at the microfibre cloth, use a soft bristle Infotainment System Settings
top-center of the screen. The brush to remove dirt that could
applications tray can have three to scratch the surface. Then use the Touch the Audio screen button to
five applications. microfibre cloth by gently rubbing to access broadcast sources.
To add an application from the clean. Never use window cleaners Touch the MENU screen button to
Home Page to the applications tray: or solvents. Periodically hand wash display the following menus:
the microfibre cloth separately,
1. Touch and hold any icon on the using mild soap. Do not use bleach Tone Settings:
Home Page to enter edit mode. or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly . Bass, Midrange, Treble : Touch
and air dry before next use. + or − to adjust.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
. Balance: Touch S or T for Press o BACK on the faceplate to . Slide a finger to the right or left
more sound from the left or right to scroll through each page of
return to the Home Page or touch S
speakers. The middle position favorites.
to return for the previous page.
balances the sound between the Tone Settings : Touch and hold a
left and right speakers. Storing Radio Station Presets favorite screen button in the favorite
Favorites are stored in the area at area to save the current tone
. Fade: Touch y or z for more
the bottom of the screen. settings as a favorite in the tone
sound from the front or rear settings screen. Drag up on the
speakers. The middle position Up to 60 preset stations can be reveal button at the bottom to bring
balances the sound between the stored under the following: up favorites. Touch a favorite screen
front and rear speakers. button in the favorite area to recall a
AM or FM, Radio Stations : Touch
Finding a Station and hold a favorite screen button to favorite tone setting.
save the current station as a The number of favorites displayed is
Seeking a Station favorite. Touch a favorite screen automatically adjusted by default,
Press g or l on the faceplate to button in the favorite area to recall a but can be manually adjusted in the
search for the previous or next favorite station. Settings menu under Radio and
station with good reception. Mixed-Audio Favorites then Number of Favourites Shown.
Direct Tune Favorites that can be stored include Radio Reception
Touch the TUNE screen button to radio stations, media favorites,
contacts, destinations, navigation, Unplug electronic devices from the
switch to Direct Tune for manually
or applications. accessory power outlets if there is
searching for a station.
interference or static in the radio.
If not equipped with Direct Tune, To scroll through the favorites:
touch the SEEK screen button to . Drag up on the top border of the FM
switch to TUNE. Touch again to favorites bar to view the FM signals only reach about 16 to
change back. Turn the MENU knob favorites. To close the favorites, 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
to manually search for a station. drag them down. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
especially around tall buildings or Advantages of DAB Linking and/or DAB to FM

hills, causing the sound to fade in . DAB stations are indicated by Linking in the DAB menu (see
and out. the programme name instead of below).
AM the broadcasting frequency . Interference caused by stations
. With DAB, several radio that are on nearby frequencies
The range for most AM stations is (a phenomenon that is typical of
greater than for FM, especially at programmes (services) can be
broadcasted on a single AM and FM reception) does not
night. The longer range can cause occur with DAB.
station frequencies to interfere with frequency (ensemble).
each other. Static can also occur . Besides high-quality digital audio . If the DAB signal is reflected by
when things like storms and power services, DAB is also able to natural obstacles or buildings,
lines interfere with radio reception. transmit programme-associated the reception quality of DAB is
When this happens, try reducing the data and a multitude of other improved, whereas AM or FM
treble on the radio. data services. reception is considerably
impaired in such cases.
Cell Phone Usage . As long as a given DAB receiver
. When DAB reception is enabled,
can pick up the signal sent out
Cell phone usage, such as making the FM tuner of the Infotainment
by a broadcasting station (even
or receiving phone calls, charging, system remains active in the
if the signal is very weak), sound
or just having the phone on may background and continually
reproduction is ensured.
cause static interference in the searches for the best receivable
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off . There is no fading (weakening of FM stations.
if this happens. the sound that is typical of AM or
FM reception). The DAB signal DAB settings
Radio Reception is reproduced at a constant To configure the DAB settings
volume. options, activate the radio function
Digital audio broadcasting and then select the DAB waveband.
If the DAB signal is too weak to
Digital audio broadcasting (DAB) is be picked up by the receiver, Select MENU in the interaction
an innovative and universal reception is interrupted selector bar to display the
broadcasting system. completely. This can be avoided DAB menu.
by activating DAB to DAB
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
DAB announcements DAB to FM Linking Select one of the categories and

Besides their music programmes, a If this function is activated, the choose a specific item to display
lot of DAB stations also broadcast device switches over to a detailed information.
announcements of various corresponding FM station of the Note
categories. If you activate some or active DAB service (if available) Some countries may not support
all categories, the DAB service when the DAB signal is too weak to this feature
currently received is interrupted be picked up by the receiver.
when an announcement of these Set DAB to FM Linking - On or DAB Fixed Mast Antenna
categories is made. to FM Linking - Off.
Select DAB Announcements to
display the DAB categories list. L Band
Select the desired categories. The If L Band is activated, the
categories selected are marked Infotainment system receives an
with 9. additional frequency range. The
Note frequencies for L-band comprise
earth and satellite radio (1452 –
DAB announcements can only be 1492 MHz).
received if the DAB waveband is
activated. Set L Band - On or L Band - Off.
DAB to DAB Linking Note
Additional L-Band frequencies may
If this function is activated, the not be used
device switches over to the same To remove the roof antenna, rotate it
service (programme) on another Intellitext anticlockwise. To install the roof
DAB ensemble (frequency, The Intellitext function allows for the antenna, rotate it clockwise.
if available) when the DAB signal is reception of additional information
too weak to be picked up by the such as announcements, financial
receiver. information, sports, news etc.
Set DAB to DAB Linking - On or
DAB to DAB Linking - Off.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Caution Audio Players USB MP3 Player and USB Drives

. The USB MP3 players and USB
To avoid damaging the antenna or USB Port drives connected must comply
the roof panel, be sure to remove with the USB Mass Storage
The vehicle may have a USB port Class specification (USB MSC).
the antenna before entering the on the main storage under the
automatic car wash or a place armrest. . Hard disk drives are not
with a low ceiling. supported.
Playing from a USB . The following restrictions apply
Install the antenna firmly. A USB mass storage device can be for the data stored on a USB
connected to the USB port. MP3 player or USB device:
Whenever using the roof rack
system, check if the antenna is not Gracenote® (If equipped) ‐ Maximum folder structure
obstructing the area that is being level: 11 levels.
When plugging in a USB device,
used by the roof rack system or the ‐ Applicable audio extensions
Gracenote service builds voice tags
cargo. are mp3, wma, aac, m4a,
for music. Voice tags allow artists,
albums with hard to pronounce and aif.
names, and nicknames to be used ‐ WMA and Apple lossless files
to play music through voice are not supported.
recognition.
‐ Supported file systems are
While indexing, infotainment FAT32 and NTFS.
features are available.
To play a USB device, do one of the
My Media Library following:
Allows access to content from all . Connect the USB.
indexed media sources. Touch the
. Press MEDIA until the
MEDIA screen button to scroll
through the options until My Media connected device is shown.
is selected. Use the screen buttons Use the following when playing an
to scroll through the content. active USB source:
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
r (Play) : Press to play the current USB Menu Artists:

media source. Touch Menu to display the USB 1. Touch to view the list of artists
j (Pause) : Press to pause play of menu. The following may be stored on the USB.
the current media source. available: 2. Select an artist name to view a
g (Previous/Reverse): Shuffle: Touch to play the tracks list of all albums by the artist.
randomly. Touch again to stop
. Press to return to the beginning shuffle. 3. To select a song, touch p to
of the current or previous track. play All Songs or touch the
If the track has been playing for Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the artist name and then select a
less than two seconds, the tone settings. See AM-FM song from the list.
previous track plays. If playing Radio 0 99.
Albums:
longer than 2–5 seconds, USB Browse Menu
depending on the device, the 1. Touch to view the albums on
current track restarts. Touch anywhere between the top the USB.
and bottom menus or touch the
. Press and hold to reverse BROWSE button to view the 2. Select the album to view a list
quickly through playback. BROWSE menu. The following of all songs on the album.
Release to return to playing options are displayed along the 3. Select a song from the list to
speed. Elapsed time displays. bottom of the screen: begin playback.
l (Next/Forward): Playlists: Songs:
. Press to proceed to the next 1. Touch to view the playlists 1. Touch to display a list of all
track. stored on the USB. songs on the USB.
. Press and hold to advance 2. Select a playlist to view the list 2. To begin playback, select a
quickly through playback. of all songs in that playlist. song from the list.
Release to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays. 3. Select a song from the list to Genres:
begin playback. 1. Touch to view the genres on
the USB.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. Select a genre to view a list of Audiobooks: can be resumed by changing the

all content of that genre. 1. Touch to view the audiobooks audio source from Bluetooth to USB
3. Select artist to view a list of stored on the device. cable.
albums. Select an album to 2. Select the audiobook from the Source USB from the Audio MEDIA
view a list of songs. list. Select a chapter to begin screen button to resume playback.
4. Select a song to start playback. playback.
Auxiliary Jack
Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, Folder View (If Equipped):
Videos, and Folder View are shown An auxiliary input jack is provided in
1. Touch to view the directories the center console under the
when More is selected from the on the USB.
bottom of the screen. armrest. Possible auxiliary audio
2. Select a folder to view a list of sources include:
Podcasts: all files. . Laptop computer
1. Touch to view the podcasts on 3. Select a file from the list to
the USB. . Audio music player
begin playback.
2. Select a podcast. This jack is not an audio output. Do
File System and Naming not plug headphones into the
3. Select an episode to start auxiliary input jack. Set up an
playback. The songs, artists, albums, and
genres are taken from the file's song auxiliary device while the vehicle is
Composers: information and are only displayed if in P (Park).
1. Touch to view the composers present. The radio displays the file Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
on the USB. name as the track name if the song from the auxiliary device to the
information is not available. auxiliary input jack. When a device
2. Select Composers to view a list
Loss of Audio is connected, the system can play
of albums by that composer.
audio from the device over the
3. Select an album to view a list If a phone currently paired over vehicle speakers.
of songs. Bluetooth is plugged in with a USB
cable, the system will automatically
4. Select a song from the list to mute the Bluetooth audio. Playback
begin playback.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If an auxiliary device has already Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio Menu

been connected, but a different Touch the MENU screen button to
source is currently active, touch the If equipped, music may be played
from a paired Bluetooth device. See display the Bluetooth Audio menu.
MEDIA screen button to scroll The following may be available:
through audio source screens, until Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 132
AUX Input source screen displays. or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 127 or Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) tone settings. See AM-FM
Playing from the AUX Port 0 128 for help pairing a device. Radio 0 99.
An auxiliary device is played The music can be controlled by Touch [ to go back to the
through the audio system and either the infotainment controls or
controlled through the device itself. previous menu.
the controls on the device.
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Touch
AUX Menu Music can be launched by pressing to go to the Bluetooth page to add
Touch the MEDIA screen button to the MEDIA faceplate button or or delete devices.
display the AUX Input menu and touching the MEDIA screen button
on the AUDIO Home Page. When using the Bluetooth audio
then the following options may
source, the radio may not be able to
display: To play music via Bluetooth: launch specific applications on your
Tone Settings : Select to adjust 1. Power on the device, and pair device. Use the device to start audio
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, to connect the device. playback when it is safe to do so.
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
2. Once paired, go into the audio All devices launch audio differently.
AM-FM Radio 0 99.
application from the Home When selecting Bluetooth audio as
Auto Volume : (If Equipped): This Page or through the a source, the radio may show as
feature adjusts the volume based on applications tray. Select MEDIA paused on the screen. Press play
the vehicle speed. See AM-FM until Bluetooth displays. on the device or press r to begin
Radio 0 99. playback.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Map View
Navigation Navigation Voice Preferences
. Routing Preferences Touch the Navigation Voice
Using the Navigation . Display “Places of Interest” Preferences list item to adjust the
voice preferences.
System Icons
. Personal Data The following options can be
Touch the NAV button on the Home adjusted:
Page or the Nav icon in the Cancel/Resume Route
applications tray to access the . Voice Prompts ON-OFF
navigation application. . While under route guidance, this . Voice Volume
screen button displays Cancel
Touch MENU from the map view or Route. Touch Cancel Route to . Prompts During Phone Calls
MENU button on the faceplate to cancel route guidance. No ON-OFF
access the Navigation Menu. further prompts will be given.
Features displayed in the Voice Prompts
The list item then changes to
Navigation Menu can be selected to Resume To. Touch the Voice Prompts list item to
adjust navigation preferences. toggle voice prompts ON and OFF.
. Touch the Resume To screen
It is advised to set up preferences button to resume route guidance Voice Volume
before setting a destination. To set a to the last entered destination. Adjust the loudness of the audio
destination, see Destination 0 113. The last location that the system feedback by touching the − or +
The buttons on the infotainment has provided guidance to can be button. If a maneuver prompt is
screen display will time out when resumed by touching on this being played, and the main volume
not interacting. Tap anywhere on the list item. is adjusted, the prompt volume will
screen to reveal the controls, then . If the route includes waypoints, update and be saved.
select the desired control. the entire route can be Prompts During Phone Calls
Additional navigation features are: suspended using the Cancel
Guidance list item. When When enabled, the system plays a
. Cancel/Resume Route shorter prompt while on a phone
Resume Guidance is touched,
. Navigation Voice Preferences all waypoints are resumed for call. This setting can be configured
guidance. as to whether a prompt would be
. Current Location heard during a phone conversation.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
When this setting is OFF, only the Display Places of Interest Icons Map View
short alert tone is played when Places of Interest (POI) icons can Touch to select the desired map
approaching the maneuver. be displayed on the map using view. A checkmark appears to
Current Location this view. indicate a view has been selected.
Touch the Current Location list item . The POI icons can be turned ON 3D View
to display a Current Location list. and OFF. Touch the check box The 3D View is a Heading Up view
next to the POI icon to display but it includes perspective. Map
The following information is the icon.
displayed on the Current items will appear larger as the
Location list: . Touch Clear All to reset the vehicle comes closer.
icons that are displayed on Heading Up View
. Nearest Address
the map.
. Lat/Long The Heading Up View keeps the
. A subcategory can be selected
vehicle's current heading at the top
. Nearest Hospital instead of the entire category. of the view. The vehicle icon always
. Nearest Police Touch the list item rather than faces the top of the view as the map
the check box. The rotates.
. Nearest Fuel subcategories will display. Select
. Nearest Service any of those categories to North Up View
navigate down the hierarchy. The North Up View keeps north at
Touch on any of the options to
display the destination details view . When a higher-level category the top of the view. The vehicle icon
for the selected location to begin has some of its subcategories is placed in the center of the view
guidance. selected, the checkmark next to and rotates to indicate the heading
it is grayed out. This indicates for the vehicle.
Touch the Nearest Address button that only some of the categories
and then the Save screen button to Audio Information On/Off
below are shown. Touch the
store the current location to the grayed-out checkmark to turn all Touch to turn the audio information
Address Book. of the icons for that category on view on or off from the main
or off. map view.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
The audio status screen contains . Automatic: Adjusts the screen These preferences are used for all
the following elements: background automatically routes generated.
. Station Frequency depending on the exterior Route segment preferences are
lighting conditions. other options showing on the
. Artist Information
Routing Preferences Routing Preferences menu.
. Song Information
Touch the Routing Preferences list This includes:
. r / j or g / l Station and item to access the Routing . Use Toll Roads ON-OFF
Channel Controls Preferences menu. Options on how
the routes are created for route . Use Freeways ON-OFF
Touch the g / l Station controls guidance are listed on this menu. . Use Carpool Lanes ON-OFF
to go to the next or previous strong
signal station or digital channel. Route Style . Use Ferries ON-OFF
When the audio status pane Touch this list item to change the . Use Tunnels ON-OFF
displays Artist and Song route type preferences.
. Use Time Restricted Roads
Information, touch the g / l The options are: ON-OFF
controls to go to the next or . Fast (default) Personal Data
previous track based on the current
media mode. . Eco Friendly (if equipped) Data that the system has saved
. Short during the course of using the
Day/Night Mode
navigation system can be managed
Touch to access the Day/Night . Edit Eco Profile through:
Mode menu. The Edit Eco Profile can be used to . Contacts
The options are: configure two parameters for the
Eco Friendly route. These . Recent Destinations
. Day Mode: Brightens the map parameters are roof load and trailer. . My POIs (if equipped)
background. For each parameter, the options are
None, Small, Medium, and Large. . Upload Saved Locations
. Night Mode: Darkens the map
background. Press to scroll through the list. The . Delete Autocomplete
default for both is None.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Contacts . Touch Delete All My POIs to Map Adjustments

1. Touch Edit Contacts to display delete the entire list of
ZOOM −/+ can be used to adjust
the Contacts to edit. categories. A pop-up displays
the scale of view on the map. When
asking to confirm the deletion.
2. Touch Delete All Entries to the end of the zoom level is
. To exit out of a list, touch the reached, ZOOM −/+ will gray out.
delete the entire list of contacts
or touch Edit Contacts List to Exit screen button in the top
The zoom scales can be configured
delete one or more itens. right corner of the map to return
for English or metric units. To
A pop-up displays to confirm. to the main map view.
change from English to metric, see
Recent Destinations Upload Saved Locations: Touch to “Instrument Cluster” in the owner
upload any saved locations such as manual.
. Touch Delete Individual downloaded POIs and all entries in
Destinations to display a recent the vehicle address book to the Scroll Features
destinations list. Select the USB device. . To scroll within the map, touch
individual entry to delete. anywhere on the map screen.
. Touch Upload Saved Locations
. Touch Delete All Destinations to to save the Vehicle Contacts list . Nudge or slide a finger on the
delete the entire recent and any My POIs that have been map; the map moves in the
destination list. A pop-up saved to the vehicle. direction of the finger.
displays asking to confirm the
. Once saved locations have been . Fling a finger on the map; the
deletion.
uploaded to a USB, they can be map will start scrolling in a short
My POIs transferred to a different vehicle continuous scroll.
. Touch My POIs to display a or restored to the current
. Touch a finger on the location on
menu of other options. address book.
the map; the map recenters to
. Select Delete Individual Delete Autocomplete the location that was
Categories. A My POIs category . Touch Delete Autocomplete to touched on.
list displays. delete all keyboard
. Select the individual entry to autocomplete history. A pop-up
delete. displays asking to confirm the
deletion.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Touch a finger twice on a the form of an arrow is displayed Detailed Areas
location on the map; the map to indicate the direction. The
Road network attributes are
zooms in one level to the arrow is shown in relation to the
contained in the map database for
location that was touched current vehicle heading.
detailed areas. Attributes include
twice on. . Touch a finger on a POI icon information such as street names,
. When the map is recentered shown on the map; the name of street addresses, and turn
away from being locked to the the POI is shown in the address restrictions. A detailed area includes
vehicle position, the crosshairs callout, along with the city name all major highways, service roads,
will show in the center of the and state. If the callout is and residential roads. The detailed
map. As the map continues to selected, the destination details areas include Places of Interest
be recentered, the crosshairs view for the POI is shown. (POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
will remain on the screen. When . After panning the map away banks, hospitals, police stations,
the crosshairs are shown on the from the vehicle, touch RESET gas stations, tourist attractions, and
screen, a callout with more to return the map back to the historical monuments. The map
information displays. If the map current position. database may not include data for
is moved from the current newly constructed areas or map
location, the crosshairs will . Touch the Overview button to database corrections that are
disappear along with the callout. quickly get a view of the entire completed after production. The
route. The route Overview button navigation system provides full
. Touch a finger on the callout takes the place of the RESET route guidance in the detailed map
next to the crosshairs and the button while under route
destination details view displays. areas.
guidance. Touch the RESET
From this view, route guidance button to return the map to the
can be received or saved to the Navigation Symbols
current position.
vehicle's contact list. Following are the most common
. When the map is recentered, the Maps symbols that appear on a map
straight-line distance from the screen.
vehicle to the selected point is The map database is stored in the
displayed in the callout. In internal flash memory that is used in
addition, a heading direction in the navigation system.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Any address information about the

vehicle's current location will be
shown, including the street, city, and
state names.
Tap on this callout to save the
current address to the vehicle
or address book. The estimated time to the
destination displays. Touch the
Arrival button to toggle to duration
and to the distance of the
destination.
The vehicle symbol indicates the The destination symbol marks the
current position and heading final destination after a route has
direction of the vehicle on the map. been planned.
When under route guidance, a circle
with an arrow is added to the This symbol indicates the
vehicle symbol which indicates the recommended maneuver that
direction to the destination. should be performed. Touch it to
display the turn list or waypoint list.
Vehicle Address Callout
Tap on the vehicle icon, to have the
current address of the vehicle
overlaid on the map next to the The waypoint symbol marks one or
vehicle icon in a callout. Another tap more set waypoints.
hides the information. A waypoint is a stopover destination
point added to the planned route.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
The No GPS symbol appears when selected to plan a route. Some The navigation system has an alert
there is no Global Positioning destination items may be grayed out feature. The navigation system may
System (GPS) satellite signal. When if no destination was previously need to get the attention of the
the GPS is gone, the vehicle entered or saved. driver.
position on the map may not be Touch the DESTINATION button to If not in the navigation application
accurate. go to the destination entry views. when a near maneuver prompt is
Autozoom given, it is shown as an alert. The
Available Methods of Search alert contains the turn indicator and
As a maneuver is being . Address button to display the main
approached, the map automatically navigation view, or dismiss the alert.
zooms in to give greater detail. . Intersection
. POIs The alert also contains the name of
If lane guidance is available for the the street to turn on and a
maneuver, this is also shown. . Recent Destinations countdown bar.
When the system begins to . Contacts
autozoom, it zooms in to its Alpha-Numeric Keyboard
minimum level. After the maneuver Navigation Next Turn Maneuver The keyboard is used in multiple
is performed, the system slowly Alert locations throughout the system and
zooms back out. can be used with many features.
The navigation system uses the
Destination keyboard's alpha-numeric keyboard.
If route guidance is not active, touch The keyboard can also be modified
the NAV screen button on the Home to include characters appropriate for
Page to access the map view. the region configured in the vehicle
Touch the Destination icon from the settings.
map view to enter a destination. @ GO : Touch to search for the
Available methods of entering a destination details of an address or
destination are Address, Recent place of interest entered in the text
Destinations, Contacts, Intersection field. Once the GO screen button is
and POIs. Several options can be
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
pressed, the activity indicator Special Characters Contacts

displays in the list of possible As the characters are typed on the Select the CONTACTS button to
matches. keyboard, a pop-up of the letter view the vehicle's contact list or a
| (Dropdown Arrow) : Touch to touched displays above the key that connected Bluetooth device. If a
display a list of matches. was touched. particular contact has a single
When there are multiple matches, a Continue to touch and hold, and any address associated with it, that
dropdown arrow is shown after the additional special characters contact has a Quick Route list item
autocomplete text. This dropdown associated with that letter are function button next to it. Contacts
displays an entire list of matches. displayed around the current letter. without this Quick Route button
Touch the appropriate match without To select one of the special either have multiple addresses or no
having to enter more text. characters, slide a finger left or right address at all. Touch the Quick
to select the special character. Route button to go to the
z (Delete) : Touch to delete the last Destination Details view.
typed character. Press and hold this Special Character List
screen button to clear the entire text Touch on an address, either from
field. If the entire text field has been The following characters have the Quick Route on the contact list
deleted, this screen button becomes special characters beneath them: or a specific address from the
an Undo button. Touching Undo will contact detail list, to go to the
restore the deleted text. destination view showing that
address on the map.
Exit : Touch to return to the
previous Map view. Trips from Contacts can be saved
and recalled. The order is based on
Sym : Touch to show the symbol when the trip was last used. When
keyboard. the trips are saved, they are given a
Space : Touch to enter a space default title of the final destination
between characters or the words of name. If there are no saved trips,
a name. this list item is hidden.
Saved Destinations
R (Up Arrow) : Touch to display Select a saved destination from the
the Interaction Selector. Contacts or Recent Destinations.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Favorite Destinations . Touch and hold on the favorite . If the system has an active
. Destinations can be saved as location while viewing a contact route, a pop-up will display,
Favorites for recall later. on the Contact Details List. The “What would you like to do with
Depending on the favorite, when contact name and all contact this destination?” The options
an address or POI favorite is information can be stored. are: Add As Waypoint, Set New
recalled, the Destination Details . Touch to save as a favorite. The Destination, or Cancel.
View is shown. favorite label will be the name of . If a waypoint is added, it is
. When a favorite address is being the contact. placed in the location that leads
routed to, it is shown active. . Touch on the Favorite to display to the most efficient route.
Touch on the active favorite to the destination view. . There is a maximum number of
suspend that route. waypoints that can be added to
Storing Favorites from Map the system. When the maximum
. Save locations as Favorites for
recall later in the Destination Favorite locations can be stored number of waypoints has been
Details View. from the Map View. reached, a pop-up displays
If not under route guidance, the indicating that a waypoint must
. Save trips from the first be deleted before a new one
Address Book. current vehicle location will be
saved as a Favorite. If under route can be added. The system will
Storing Favorites from the Contact guidance, the final destination will hold this waypoint into a
Details List be saved. Pending Waypoints list and will
automatically be added to the
A contact name or any of the Touch and drag up on the row of route once a position is
contact's information such as phone Interaction Selector buttons to available, either by arriving at a
number, e-mail address, or address reveal the Favorite buttons. Touch waypoint, or by deleting one.
from Contact Details can be stored and hold on the favorite location
as a Favorite. from the Map View to save it. . To save a location, tap on the Q
. Touch and drag up on the row of to display the Favorite buttons.
Route Guidance Touch and hold on a favorite
Interaction Selector buttons to
. Touch GO to go to the main location to save the shown
reveal the Favorite buttons.
navigation view and to start location as a Favorite.
route guidance.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) Destination show the turn list. When entering
and Distance Touch the DESTINATION screen a turn list, the next maneuver
. When under route guidance, the button to add a waypoint or change instruction is spoken.
system shows the ETA or travel the destination while viewing the . The turn list title is the name or
time, or the driving distance. turn list. When the DESTINATION address of the destination.
. The ETA and travel time are screen button is touched, the Touch on the information button
calculated using any available display shows the Destination next to the name of the
traffic information. screens. destination to display the
destination information.
. If in a waypoint trip, the ETA, End Guidance
. The turn list is sorted in order
travel time, and driving distance Touch the End screen button to
are all shown relative to the final with the next maneuver at the
suspend the current route in the turn top of the list and the
destination. list. When the End screen button is subsequent maneuvers listed
. The final ETA is shown taking touched, the turn list is exited, and below it. The next maneuver is
into consideration any time zone the display returns to the main always highlighted upon entry
crossings that the route has map view. into the Turn List to quickly show
traveled through. Avoid Areas what the next maneuver is.
. Touch the ETA information area Touch the Avoid Areas screen . Each maneuver indicates the
to switch between the estimated button to select the highway name distance between it and the
arrival time, total driving time that is to be avoided. The system previous maneuver or the
resulting, and driving distance. shows a pop-up asking how many vehicle's current location. The
miles or if the entire road should be next maneuver at the top will
Turn List
avoided. count down until the maneuver
Touch on the next turn indicator is reached, and then the next
shown on the map to display the Turn List maneuver will begin to
turn list or waypoint list. The . When under a waypoint trip, count down.
Interaction Selector is minimized touch on the TURN LIST . Each maneuver has an
automatically. Touch Q to reveal the Interaction Selector button to estimated time of arrival based
following options: on the current driving conditions.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Saved Trips . The waypoint list is sorted in . When either a waypoint trip is
Waypoint trips can be saved for order with the next waypoint at first created, or additional
later recall. Touch the + add button the top of the list. Each waypoint waypoints are added to an
in the waypoints list to save the trip is indicated with a numbered existing waypoint trip, they are
to the Saved Trips list in the icon, starting with the next added in the location that would
vehicle's contacts list. When trips waypoint. lead to an optimized route.
are saved, they are given a default . To indicate what segment of the . If a destination is already
title of the final destination. Saved route is for the next waypoint, planned and a waypoint is
trips can be edited by selecting the and what is for the remainder of added, it is either added before
Edit list item button to access the the route, they appear in or after the current destination,
edit screen for the saved entry. The different colors. whichever leads to the most
only field that can be edited is the optimal route.
name field. Touch on the name field Optimized Route
. If under an existing waypoint trip
to access the keyboard view. Type . Touch the OPTIMIZE screen
consisting of two or more
the name change. This change is button to optimize the current destinations, any additional
automatically saved when executed waypoint trip. waypoints are added in the
by the keyboard. . The optimization is done location that would lead to the
The saved trip can also be deleted according to how the most optimal route.
from the edit mode. Touch the preferences are set for new
delete button and a delete routes, e.g., fastest route, Edit Route
confirmation pop-up will display. shortest distance, or eco friendly. . Touch the EDIT screen button to
. While the system is optimizing modify the order or remove a
Waypoints waypoint from the route. Press
the route, the waypoint trip has
. When under a waypoint trip, the delete screen button to
the Activity Indicator displayed
touch on the next turn indicator over top of it. If the system is remove a waypoint from the
to bring up the waypoint list. The calculating the ETA and travel route.
last waypoint view is shown, distance for a waypoint, the . A pop-up displays asking for
which could be Waypoints, Turn Activity Indicator is displayed in confirmation of the waypoint
List, or Edit. the list header. deletion.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Settings Prompt Length : Touch to change Low Fuel Alert

the prompt length to Short or Long.
Touch Settings on the Home Page
to adjust features and preferences, Audio Feedback Speed : Touch to
such as Time and Date, Language, change the audio feedback speed to
Valet Mode, or Radio. For setting Slow, Medium, or Fast.
options, see Settings 0 135. Display “What can I say?” Tips :
A few of the setting options change Touch to change the display tips to
the way the navigation system ON orOFF.
displays or reacts while in use. Display
1. Touch the Settings screen Mode : Touch Mode to change the
button on the Home Page. If the vehicle reaches a low fuel
screen background. This setting level, the system displays an alert
2. Touch the scroll bar until the controls map colors. about the low fuel condition. Touch
desired option displays. Select . The Auto setting adjusts the the MORE INFO screen button to
the desired settings to change. screen background automatically view nearby gas stations, and start
Voice depending on the exterior guidance if desired.
lighting conditions.
Voice recognition allows for
hands-free operation within the . The Day setting brightens the
navigation, audio and phone map background.
applications. See Voice . The Night setting darkens the
Recognition 0 121. map background.
Touch the voice screen button to Calibrate Touchscreen : Touch to
display the Voice menu. display the Touchscreen Calibration
Confidence Threshold : Touch to Screen.
change the confidence threshold to Turn Display Off : Touch to turn the
Confirm More or Confirm Less. Display option off.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If the remaining driving distance is This system might not be available . The vehicle is approaching a tall
available from the system, this is or interference can occur if any of building or a large vehicle.
included in the alert. the following are true: . The surface streets run parallel
. Signals are obstructed by tall to a freeway.
Global Positioning buildings, trees, large trucks, . The vehicle has been transferred
System (GPS) or a tunnel. by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
The position of the vehicle is . Satellites are being repaired or . The current position calibration
determined by using satellite improved. is set incorrectly.
signals, various vehicle signals, and For more information if the GPS is
map data. . The vehicle is travelling at high
not functioning properly, see speed.
At times, other interference such as Problems with Route Guidance
the satellite condition, road 0 120 and If the System Needs . The vehicle changes directions
configuration, condition of the Service 0 120. more than once, or the vehicle is
vehicle, and/or other circumstances turning on a turn table in a
can affect the navigation system's Vehicle Positioning parking lot.
ability to determine the accurate . The vehicle is entering and/or
At times, the position of the vehicle
position of the vehicle. exiting a parking lot, garage, or a
on the map could be inaccurate due
The GPS shows the current position to one or more of the following lot with a roof.
of the vehicle using signals sent by reasons: . The GPS signal is not received.
GPS satellites. When the vehicle is . The road system has changed. . A roof carrier is installed on the
not receiving signals from the
satellites, a symbol appears on the . The vehicle is driving on slippery vehicle.
map screen. See Navigation road surfaces such as sand, . Tyre chains have been installed.
Symbols 0 111. gravel, or snow. . The tyres are replaced or worn.
. The vehicle is travelling on . The tyre pressure for the tyres is
winding roads or long straight
incorrect.
roads.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. This is the first navigation use . There is no route guidance when To recalibrate the vehicle's position
after the map data is updated. turning at an intersection. on the map, park with the vehicle
. The 12-volt battery is . Plural names of places might be running for two to five minutes, until
disconnected for several days. announced occasionally. the vehicle position updates. Make
sure the vehicle is parked in a
. The vehicle is driving in heavy . It could take a long time to location that is safe and has a clear
traffic where driving is at low operate automatic rerouting view of the sky and away from large
speeds, and the vehicle is during high-speed driving. obstructions.
stopped and started repeatedly. . Automatic rerouting might
display a route returning to the If the System Needs
Problems with Route set waypoint if heading for a Service
Guidance destination without passing
through a set waypoint. If the navigation system needs
Inappropriate route guidance can service and the steps listed here
occur under one or more of the . The route prohibits the entry of a have been followed but there are
following conditions: vehicle due to a regulation by still problems, see Problems with
. The turn was not made on the time or season or any other Route Guidance 0 120.
regulation which may be given.
road indicated.
. Route guidance might not be
. Some routes might not be Map Data Updates
searched.
available when using automatic The map data in the vehicle is the
rerouting for the next right or . The route to the destination most up-to-date information
left turn. might not be shown if there are available when the vehicle was
. The route might not be changed new roads, if roads have produced. The map data can be
recently changed, or if certain updated, provided that the map
when using automatic rerouting.
roads are not listed in the map information has changed.
data. See Maps 0 111.
For questions about the operation of
the navigation system or the update
process, contact your dealership.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Database Coverage Voice Recognition Using Voice Recognition

Explanations Voice recognition allows for Voice recognition becomes available
hands-free operation within the once the system has been
Coverage areas vary with respect to
navigation, audio and phone initialized. This begins when the
the level of map detail available for
applications. This feature can be ignition is turned on. Initialization
any given area. Some areas feature
may take a few moments.
greater levels of detail than others. started by pressing either the g
If this happens, it does not mean button on the steering wheel or 1. Press g on the steering wheel
there is a problem with the system. touching g on the touchscreen control to activate voice
As the map data is updated, more recognition, or touch g on the
display.
detail can become available for
However, not all features within infotainment touchscreen on
areas that previously had limited
these areas are supported by voice the center stack.
detail. See Map Data
Updates 0 120. commands. Generally, only complex 2. The audio system mutes and
tasks that require multiple manual the system plays a prompt
interactions to complete are followed by a beep.
supported by voice commands. 3. Wait until after the beep
For example, tasks that take more completes, then clearly speak
than one or two button presses such one of the commands
as selecting a song or artist to play described in this section.
from a media device would be
supported by voice commands. Press g to interrupt any voice
Other tasks, like adjusting the recognition system prompt. For
volume or seeking up or down are example, if the prompt seems
audio features that are easily to be taking too long to finish,
performed by pressing one or two press g again and the beep
buttons, and are not supported by should happen right away.
voice commands.
Voice recognition can be used just
when the ignition is on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
There are two voice prompt modes to complete the task, or the session Helpful Hints for Speaking
supported: is terminated, the voice recognition Commands
. Long verbal prompts: The longer dialog stops.
Voice recognition can understand
prompts provide more An example of this type of manual commands that are either naturally
information regarding the intervention is touching on an entry stated in sentence form, or direct
supported actions. of a displayed number list instead of commands that state the application
. Short prompts: The short speaking the number associated and the task.
prompts provide simple with the entry desired.
Most languages do not support
instructions about what can be Cancelling Voice Recognition natural language commands in
stated. sentence form. For those
. Touch the Home screen button.
If a command is not spoken, the languages, use direct commands
Pressing this button will
voice recognition system says a like the examples shown on the
terminate a voice recognition
help prompt. display.
session which was initiated by
Prompts and Screen Displays pressing the button on the radio For best results:
touchscreen. . Listen for the prompt and wait
While a voice recognition session is
active, there will be corresponding . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” for the beep before saying a
buttons on screens displayed. to terminate the voice command or reply.
Manual interaction in the voice recognition session and display . Say “Help” or look at the screen
recognition session is permitted. the screen from which voice display for example commands.
Interaction during a voice session recognition was initiated.
. A voice recognition system
may be completed entirely using . Press i on the steering wheel prompt can be interrupted while
voice commands, or some controls to terminate the voice
selections may expedite a session. it is playing by pressing g.
session and display the screen
If a selection is made using a from which voice recognition For example, if the prompt
manual control, the dialog will was initiated. seems to be taking too long to
progress in the same way as if the finish, to speak the command
selection was made through a voice without waiting for the prompt to
command. Once the system is able complete, press g.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Speak the command naturally, other POIs, say the name of a can be made by manually selecting
not too fast, not too slow. Use category like “Restaurants,” the item, or by speaking the line
direct commands without a lot of “Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.” number for the item to select.
extra words. There is no need to memorize When a screen contains a list, there
. Usually Phone and Audio specific command words. Direct may be options that are available
commands can be spoken in a commands might be more clearly but not displayed. The list on a
single command. understood by the system. An voice recognition screen functions
For example say, “Call Dave example of a direct command would the same as a list on other screens.
Smith at work,” “Play” followed be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of Scrolling or flinging can be used to
by the artist or song name, these direct commands are help display other entries from
or “Tune” followed by the radio displayed on most of the screens the list.
station number. while a voice session is active. Manually scrolling or paging the list
If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is on a screen during a voice
. Navigation destinations are too stated, the system understands that
complex for a single command. recognition session suspends the
a phone call is requested and will current voice recognition event and
First, say a command that respond with questions until enough
explains the type of destination plays the prompt “Make your
details are gathered. selection from the list using the
needed, such as I want
directions to an “Address,” If the phone number has been manual controls or press the Back
“Navigate to an intersection,” “I saved with a name and a place, the button to try again.”
need to find a Place of Interest direct command should include If manual selection takes more than
or POI,” or “Directions to a both, for example “Call Dave Smith 15 seconds, the session terminates
Contact.” The system responds at work.” and prompts that it has timed out.
by requesting more details. After Using Voice Recognition for The screen returns back to the
saying “Place of Interest,” only List Options screen where voice recognition was
major chains are available by initiated.
name. Chains are businesses When a list is displayed, a voice
with at least 20 locations. For prompt will ask to confirm or select The Back Command
an option from that list. A selection Say “Back” or press the BACK
button to go to the previous screen.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is button is touched in a radio screen, “Play Artist <artist name>” :
stated all the way through to the the voice commands for radio and Begin playback of the media
initial screen, then “Back” is stated media features are available. selection identified in the command.
one more time, the voice recognition “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to
session will cancel. AM and tune to the last AM radio enter a specific album name.
Help station. “Play Album <album name>” :
Say “Help” on any voice recognition “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to Begin playback of the identified
screen and the help prompt for the FM and tune to the last FM radio album name in the command.
screen is played. Additionally, a station. “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to
pop-up displays a text version of the “Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : enter a specific song name.
help prompt. Depending on how Tune to the radio station whose
voice recognition was initiated, the “Play Song <song name>” : Begin
frequency is identified in the playback of the identified song
Help pop-up will either display on command (like “nine fifty”).
the instrument cluster or the name in the command.
infotainment touchscreen. Touch the “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to
Dismiss button to make the pop-up Tune to the radio station whose enter a specific genre.
go away. frequency is identified in the
command (like “one o one “Play Genre <genre name>” :
Pressing g while the help prompt is point one”). Begin playback of the media
playing will terminate the prompt selection identified in the command.
and a beep will be heard. Doing this Voice Recognition for Audio
“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to
will stop the help prompt so that a My Media
enter a specific playlist name.
voice command can be used. If browsing My Media when the
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” :
voice button is selected, the voice
Voice Recognition for the Begin playback of the identified
recognition commands for My Media
Radio features are available.
playlist in the command.
Some audio screens have a voice “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to
recognition button (g) to launch enter a specific artist name.
audio voice recognition. If the voice
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
“Play <device name>” : Play “Play Podcast <podcast There are no restrictions if the
music from a specific device name>” : Begin playback of the number of song files and albums is
identified by name. The device media selection identified in the less than 4,000. When the number
name is the name displayed on the command. of song files connected to the
screen when the device is first “My Media” : Begin a dialog to system is between 4,000 and 8,000,
selected as an audio sourced. enter the desired media content. the content cannot be accessed
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to directly with one command like
enter a specific name. Handling Large Amounts of Media “Play <song name>.”
Content The restriction is that the command
“Play Chapter <chapter name>” :
Begin playback of the media It is expected that large amounts of “Play Song” must be spoken first;
selection identified in the command. media content will be brought into the system will then ask for the song
the vehicle. It may be necessary to name. The reply command would be
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog handle large amounts of media to say the name of the song to play.
to enter a specific name. content in a different way than
Similar limits exist for album
“Play Audiobook <audiobook smaller amounts of media. The
content. If there are more than
name>” : Begin playback of the system may limit the options of
4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
media selection identified in the voice recognition by not allowing
the content cannot be accessed
command. selection of song titles by voice at
directly with one command like,
the highest level if the number of
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to “Play <album name>.” The
songs exceeds the maximum limit.
enter a specific name. command “Play Album” must first be
Voice command option changes spoken; the system will then ask for
“Play Episode <episode through media content limits are: the album name. The reply would
name>” : Begin playback of the be to say the name of the album
media selection identified in the . Song files including other
individual files of all media types to play.
command.
such as audiobook chapters and Once the number of songs has
“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to podcast episodes. exceeded approximately 8,000,
enter a specific name. there is no support for accessing the
. Album type folders including
types such as albums and songs directly through voice
audiobooks. commands. There will still be
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
access to the media content by “Destination Intersection” : Begin Voice Recognition for the
using commands for playlists, a dialog to enter a specific Phone
artists, and genres. destination intersection.
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a
The access commands for playlists, “Destination Place of Interest” : call to an entered contact. The
artists, and genres are prohibited Begin a dialog to enter a destination command may include location if
after the number of this type of Place of Interest category or major the contact has location numbers
media exceeds 4,000. brand name (if equipped). stored.
The system will provide feedback Not all brand names of businesses “Call <contact name> At Home,”
the first time voice recognition is are available for voice entry. Most “At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On
initiated if it has become apparent major chains, such as chains with Other” : Initiate a call to an entered
that any of these limits are reached more than 20 locations, should be contact and location at home, at
during a device initializing process. available to search for by name, but work, on mobile device, or on
the name must be precisely spoken. another phone.
Voice Recognition for Nicknames or short names for the
Navigation businesses will not likely be found. “Call <phone number>” : Initiate a
Lesser known businesses might call to a standard phone number
“Navigation” : Begin a dialog to seven or 10 digits in length.
enter specific destination have to be located by category,
information. such as fast food, hotels, or banks. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth
“Destination Contact” : Begin a pairing process. Follow instructions
“Navigation Commands” : Begin a on the radio display.
dialog to enter specific destination dialog to enter a specific destination
information. contact name. “Switch Phone” : Select a different
“Cancel Route” : End route phone for outgoing calls.
“Destination Address” : Begin a
dialog to enter a specific destination guidance. “Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog
address, which includes the entire to enter special numbers like
address consisting of the house international numbers. The numbers
number, street name, and city and can be entered in groups of digits
state. with each group of digits being
repeated back by the system. If the
group of digits is not correct, the
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
command “Delete” will remove the .

last group of digits and allow them
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
to be re-entered. Once the entire all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
number has been entered, the Bluetooth (Overview) this section.
command “Call” will start dialing the The Bluetooth-capable system can
number. interact with many cell phones, { Danger
“Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice allowing:
mail numbers. . Placement and receipt of calls in Taking your eyes off the road for
a hands-free mode. too long or too often while using
Voice Pass-Thru any infotainment feature can
. Sharing of the cell phone's cause a crash. You or others
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
address book or contact list with could be injured or killed. Do not
voice recognition commands on the
the vehicle. give extended attention to
cell phone, for example, Siri or
Voice Command. See the mobile To minimize driver distraction, infotainment tasks while driving.
phone manufacturer's user guide to before driving, and with the vehicle Limit your glances at the vehicle
see if the mobile phone supports parked: displays and focus your attention
this feature. To activate the phone . Become familiar with the on driving. Use voice commands
voice recognition system, press and features of the cell phone. whenever possible.
hold g on the steering wheel for a Organize the phone book and
few seconds. contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial { Warning
or other shortcuts. It is illegal to touch your phone
. Review the controls and when driving.
operation of the infotainment Make sure that Bluetooth® is
system.
activated before driving. If not,
stop at a safe place to use a
mobile phone.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system Infotainment System Controls Pairing

can use a Bluetooth-capable cell For information about how to A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to navigate the menu system using the must be paired to the Bluetooth
make and receive phone calls. The infotainment controls, see Using the system and then connected to the
infotainment system and voice System 0 98. vehicle before it can be used. See
recognition are used to control the
Phone : Touch this screen button the mobile phone manufacturer's
system. The system can be used
on the Home Page to enter the user guide for Bluetooth functions
while in ON/RUN or ACC/
phone main menu. before pairing the mobile phone.
ACCESSORY. The range of the
Bluetooth system can be up to Pairing Information
Audio System
9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support . A Bluetooth phone with music
all functions and not all phones work When using the Bluetooth system,
sound comes through the vehicle's capability can be paired to the
with the Bluetooth system.
front audio system speakers and vehicle as a phone and a music
Bluetooth Controls overrides the audio system. Turn player at the same time.
Use the buttons on the infotainment the volume knob during a call to . Up to 10 devices can be paired
system and the steering wheel to change the volume level. The to the Bluetooth system.
operate the Bluetooth system. adjusted volume level remains in . The pairing process is disabled
memory for later calls. The system when the vehicle is moving.
Steering Wheel Controls maintains a minimum volume level.
g (Push to Talk) : Press to answer . Pairing only needs to be
incoming calls, confirm system Bluetooth (Infotainment completed once, unless the
information, and start voice pairing information on the mobile
Controls) phone changes or the mobile
recognition.
For information about how to phone is deleted from the
i (End Call) : Press to end a call, navigate the menu system using the system.
decline a call, or cancel an infotainment controls, see Using the
operation. Press to mute or unmute . One Bluetooth device can be
System 0 98. connected to the Bluetooth
the infotainment system when not
on a call. system at a time.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. If multiple paired cell phones are shown on the display. After the 2. Select Phones.
within range of the system, the PIN is successfully entered or
system connects to the paired the code is confirmed, the 3. Touch the z next to the phone
cell phone in the order that they system responds with “<Device to disconnect and follow the on
were last used in the system. To name> has been successfully screen prompts.
link to a different paired phone, paired” when the pairing Deleting a Paired Phone
see “Linking to a Different process is complete.
Phone” later in this section. Only disconnected phones can be
6. If “MyLink” does not appear, deleted.
Pairing a Phone turn the phone off or remove
the phone battery and retry. 1. Touch the Phone screen
1. Touch the Phone screen button.
button. 7. If the phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone 2. Select Phones.
2. Select Phone and select Pair book download, select always
Device. 3. Touch the M next to the phone
accept and allow. The phone to delete and follow the on
3. A four-digit Personal book may not be available if screen prompts.
Identification Number (PIN) not accepted.
appears on the display. The 8. Repeat Steps 1−7 to pair Linking to a Different Phone
PIN, if required, may be used additional phones. To link to a different phone, the new
in Step 5. phone must be in the vehicle and
4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected paired to the Bluetooth system.
mobile phone to be paired to Phones
1. Touch the Phone screen
the vehicle. See the cell phone 1. Touch the Phone screen
button.
manufacturer's user guide for button.
information on this process. 2. Select Phones.
2. Select Phones.
5. Locate “MyLink” on the phone's 3. Select the new phone to link to
display. Follow the instructions Disconnecting a Connected Phone from the not connected
on the cell phone to enter the 1. Touch the Phone screen device list.
PIN provided in Step 3 or button.
confirm the six-digit code
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Switching to Handset or the phone settings and operation. 3. Select the name or number
Handsfree Mode Verify the cell phone supports this to call.
feature.
To switch between handset or Making a Call Using the
handsfree mode, touch the Phone When supported, the Contacts and Keypad
icon on the Home Page to display Recent Calls menus are
“Call View.” automatically available. To make a call by dialing the
numbers:
. While the active call is The Contacts menu accesses the
hands-free, touch the Handset phone book stored in the cell phone. 1. Touch the Phone screen
screen button to switch to the button.
The Recent Calls menu accesses
handset mode. The screen the recent call list(s) from your cell 2. Select Keypad and enter a
button changes to Handsfree phone. phone number.
once the Bluetooth device 3. Select Call to start dialling the
confirms it is operating as To make a call using the
Contacts menu: number.
handset.
. While the active call is handset, 1. Touch the Phone screen Accepting or Declining a Call
touch the Handsfree screen button. When an incoming call is received,
button to switch to the hands 2. Select Contacts. the infotainment system mutes and
free mode. The screen button a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
3. Select the name to call.
changes to Handset once the
Bluetooth device confirms it is 4. Select the desired contact Accepting a Call
operating as handsfree. number to call. There are a few ways to accept
To make a call using the Recent a call:
Making a Call Using Contacts
and Recent Calls Calls menu: . Press g on the steering wheel
Calls can be made through the 1. Touch the Phone screen controls.
Bluetooth system using personal button. . Touch Answer on the
cell phone contact information for all 2. Select Recent. infotainment display.
phones that support the Phone
Book feature. Become familiar with
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Declining a Call . Touch Ignore on the infotainment 4. Once all calls are merged, the
There are a few ways to decline display. Merge button becomes an
a call: Unmerge button. Touch to
Switching Between Calls (Call unmerge the calls. Some
Waiting Calls Only)
. Press i on the steering wheel phone service carriers may not
controls. To switch between calls, touch the allow a merged call to become
phone icon on the Home Page to unmerged.
. Touch Ignore on the infotainment display “Call View.” While in Call
display. View, touch the call information of Ending a Call
Call Waiting the call on hold to change calls. . Press i on the steering wheel
Call waiting must be supported on Three-Way Calling controls.
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Three-way calling must be . Touch End on the infotainment
the phone service carrier to work. supported on the Bluetooth phone display to end all existing calls,
Accepting a Call and enabled by the phone service or touch End next to a call to
carrier to work. end only that call.
There are a few ways to accept a
call-waiting call: To start a three-way call while in a Some phone service carriers may
current call: not allow a merged call to become
. Press g on the steering wheel unmerged.
1. In the Call View, select Add to
controls.
add another call. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
. Touch Switch on the (DTMF) Tones
2. Initiate the second call by
infotainment display.
selecting from RECENT, The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
Declining a Call CONTACTS, or KEYPAD. send numbers during a call. This is
There are a few ways to decline a 3. When the second call is active, used when calling a menu-driven
call-waiting call: touch Merge to conference the phone system.
three-way call together. 1. Touch the Phone screen
. Press i on the steering wheel button.
controls.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. While in the Call View, touch Bluetooth (Voice Use the “Voice Keypad” command
l to raise the Interaction Recognition) for international numbers or special
Selector. numbers which include * or #.
3. Select Keypad and enter the Using Bluetooth Voice Once connected, the person called
number. Recognition will be heard through the audio
To use voice recognition, press the speakers.
Voice Mail
g button on the steering wheel. Use To call using a contact from your
The default voice mail number is the the commands below for the various phone book:
phone number of the currently voice features. For additional
connected phone. The voice mail information, say “Help” while in a 1. Press g. The system responds
number can be changed in voice recognition menu. See Voice “Command Please,” followed
Bluetooth settings. Recognition 0 121 for help using by a tone.
To dial a voice mail number: voice recognition commands. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then
1. Touch the Phone screen say the contact name. For
Making a Call
button. example “Call John at Work.”
Calls can be made using the
2. Select Voice Mail. Once connected, the person called
following commands.
will be heard through the audio
3. Select Call. Using the “Dial” or “Call” speakers.
4. Enter the DTMF tones using Command
Using the “Switch Phone”
the keypad if needed. To call a number: Command
1. Press g. The system responds 1. Press g. The system responds
“Command Please,” followed “Command Please,” followed
by a tone. by a tone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call” followed by 2. After the tone, say “Switch
the complete phone number. Phone.” The system displays a
list of phones to select.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Using the “Voice Keypad” Text Messaging Note

Command . There may be previous
If equipped, the infotainment system configuration required in your
1. Press g. The system responds may allow text messages to be mobile to have this function
“Command Please,” followed received and replied to. Received working properly.
by a tone. messages can also be read aloud.
. Due to the variety of devices and
2. After the tone, say “Voice Before using the text messaging their firmware versions, your
Keypad.” The system allows feature, check to see if the phone is device may respond differently
entry of special numbers and compatible. when performing this function.
characters. See your dealer for details. . Any inquiries regrading your
Using the “Voice Mail” Command phone functionality, refer to the
Text Menu
1. Press g. The system responds device manual.
Inbox : Touch to display incoming
“Command Please,” followed messages. To view a message, Viewing a Text Message
by a tone. press on the name of the sender. While viewing a text message:
2. After the tone, say “Voice Mail.” Press > to listen to the text
The system dials the voice mail . Touch Reply to reply using a
message. Press BACK on the
number of the connected predefined text message.
faceplate or press the Back screen
phone. button to go back to the . Touch Call to place a call to the
previous menu. sender of the text message.
Clearing the System
Settings : See “Text Settings” later Viewing Sender Information
Unless information is deleted out of
in this section.
the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will If equipped, touch the name of the
be retained. This includes phone Reply : Touch to reply using a sender to view sender information if
pairing information. For directions predefined text message. See “Text this information matches contact
on how to delete this information, Settings.” information already stored.
see “Deleting a Paired Phone.” Call : Touch to place a call to the
sender of the text message.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Select a Predefined Message : Memory Full To use Android Auto and/or Apple
Touch to select from a set of quick This message may display if there is CarPlay:
messages. Touch the message no more room on the phone to store 1. Download the Android Auto
to send. messages. app to your phone from the
Predefined Messages Google™ Play store. There is
Text Settings no app required for Apple
These are short text messages that CarPlay.
Text Alerts : When on, this feature
can be used to send so responses
will display an alert when a new text 2. Connect your Android phone or
will not have to be typed.
message has been received. Touch Apple iPhone by using the
The messages can be deleted or a to turn on or off. compatible phone USB cable
new message can be added. and plugging into a USB data
Manage Predefined Messages :
To add a new message: Touch to add, change, or delete port. For best performance, use
1. Touch Text Settings, then press predefined messages. the device's factory-provided
Manage Predefined Messages. USB cable. Aftermarket or
Apple CarPlay and third-party cables may
2. While in the predefined not work.
messages list view, select Add Android Auto
New Predefined Message and The PROJECTION icon on the
If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or Home Page will change to Android
a keyboard displays. Apple CarPlay™ capability may be Auto or Apple CarPlay depending
3. Type a new message and available through a compatible on the phone. Android Auto and/or
touch the Check button when smartphone. If available, a Apple CarPlay may automatically
done to add the message. PROJECTION icon will appear on launch upon USB connection. If not,
Press BACK on the faceplate the Home Page of the infotainment press the Android Auto and/or Apple
or touch the Back screen display. Carplay icon on the Home Page to
button to go back to the launch.
predefined messages list.
For further information about
4. Touch M to delete a predefined Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in
message the vehicle, seek the assistance of
your dealer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Android Auto is provided by Google Note Settings

and is subject to Google’s terms For using Android Auto function, the
and privacy policy. CarPlay is date of Infotainment System should The Settings menu allows
provided by Apple and is subject to be the same as the Android Auto adjustment of different vehicle and
Apple’s terms and privacy policy. device. radio features. The menu may
For Android Auto support see contain the following:
https://support.google.com/ Note
androidauto or Apple CarPlay For your safety, some applications Time and Date
support at https://www.apple.com/br/ are disabled while your vehicle is in Touch SET TIME to edit the time
ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may motion. and then touch + or − to increase or
change or suspend availability at Note decrease hours, minutes, and AM or
any time. To end Android Auto, disconnect the PM. Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or
If Android Auto device is connected phone from the USB port or change 24 hour clock.
while another device was paired, the USB setting on the phone . Touch SET DATE to edit the date
the switch devices pop up message If Android Auto does not start after and then press + or − to increase or
will appear as follows: plugging a compatible device, certify decrease month, day, or year.
“Connecting Android Auto, will that the options “Android Auto" and Touch CLOCK DISPLAY to choose
disconnect Bluetooth “USB autorun" under settings menu ON or OFF to show the time in the
Device (Name)." are active. screen.
In some cases, it might be Language
necessary to unpair the phone from
the radio before plugging the USB This will set the display language in
cable to start the Android Auto. the radio, instrument panel, and
voice recognition. Press Language
and select the appropriate
language. Press [ to go back to the
previous menu.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Valet Mode (If Equipped) . Number of Favorites Shown: Vehicle

Touch to set the number of
This will lock the infotainment 1. Press Settings on main screen
favorites to display. Select Auto,
system and steering wheel controls. of Infotainment System.
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,
It may also limit top speed, power, 2. Select Vehicle menu.
50, 55, or 60. Auto will adjust the
and access to vehicle storage
number of favorite locations that 3. The following items will display:
locations (if equipped).
can be seen. Touch [ to go back
To enable valet mode: . Climate and Air Quality.
to the previous menu.
1. Enter a four-digit code on the . Collision / Detection
. Audible Touch Feedback: This
keypad. Systems.
feature adjusts the sound of the
2. Touch Enter to go to the touch. This feature can be . Comfort and Convenience.
confirmation screen. turned ON or OFF. . Lighting.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . Auto Volume: If equipped, this . Power Door Locks.
feature adjusts the volume
Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start.
based on the vehicle speed. See
unlock the system. Touch [ to go AM-FM Radio 0 99. Climate and Air Quality
back to the previous menu.
. Maximum Startup Volume: This . Auto Fan Speed.
Radio feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is ‐ Select the desired option from
Touch to display the Radio Menu the list.
started and the volume is
and the following may display:
greater than this level, the . Auto Rear Demist (if equipped).
. Manage Favourites: Touch to volume is adjusted to this level.
highlight a favorite to edit. Touch To set the maximum startup ‐ Select On or Off.
Rename to rename the favorite volume, touch + or − to increase Collision / Detection Systems
or Delete to delete it. Touch and or decrease. Touch [ to go back
hold the station to drag it to a . Rear Cross Traffic Alert.
to the previous menu.
new location. Touch Done to go ‐ Select On or Off.
back to the previous menu.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Side Blind Spot Alert. . Remote Lock Feedback. . Voice Mail Numbers: This
‐ Select On or Off. ‐ Select the desired option from feature displays the voice mail
the list. number for all connected
Comfort and Convenience phones. The voice mail number
. Remote Door Unlock. may be changed by touching the
. Chime Volume.
‐ Select All Doors or EDIT button, typing in the new
‐ Press – or + to set the chime Driver Door. number, and touching SAVE.
volume. Touch [ to go back to the
. Relock Remote Unlocked Doors.
. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear previous menu.
(If equipped). ‐ Select On or Off.
. Text Message Alerts: This
‐ Select On or Off. . Remote Window Operation. feature will turn text message
‐ Select On or Off. alerts on or off. Touch Text
Lighting
Message Alerts and then select
. Vehicle Locator Lights. Bluetooth OFF or ON. Touch [ to go back
‐ Select On or Off. From the Bluetooth screen button, to the previous menu. See Text
. the following may be displayed: Messaging 0 133.
Exit Lighting.
. Pair New Device: Touch to add a Voice
‐ Select the desired option from
the list. new device.
From the Voice screen button, the
. Device Management: Touch to following may be displayed:
Power Door Locks connect to a different phone
. Auto Door Lock. . Confidence Threshold: Select
source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone. Confirm More for a system
‐ Select On or Off. response to a command. Select
. Ringtones: Touch to change the Confirm Less for the system to
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start ring tone for the specific phone. proceed with the command
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback. The phone does not need to be without responding.
‐ Select Off or Flash Lights. connected to change the
ring tone.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Prompt Length: Select Short for Rear Camera . Clear All Private Data: If
brief, direct feedback or Long for available, use to erase personal
Touch to display the Rear Camera
more information feedback. private data before loaning or
menu. See “Driver Assistance
Touch [ Back to go to the Systems” in the owner manual.
selling the vehicle. TouchClear
previous menu. All Private Data. Touch Cancel
. Guidance Lines: This feature or Continue. Touch the [ Back
. Audio Feedback Speed: Touch can be turn ON or OFF.
Slow, Medium, or Fast for screen button to go back to the
. Rear Park Assist Symbols: This last menu.
feedback speed. Touch [ to go feature can be turn ON or OFF.
back to the previous menu. . Restore Radio Settings:
Return to Factory Settings Restores factory radio settings.
. Display “What can I say?” Tips: TouchRestore Radio Settings.
Touch ON or OFF to change the Touching Continue restores all Touch Cancel or Continue.
display tips. factory settings. If continue is touched, a
Display Select Return to Factory Settings confirmation pop-up will appear
and the following list may display: indicating the radio settings have
From the Display screen button, the been restored.
following may be displayed: . Restore Vehicle Settings:
Restores factory vehicle Press q BACK on the faceplate or
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to settings. TouchRestore Vehicle touch the Back screen button to go
calibrate the touchscreen and Settings. Touch Cancel or back to the main settings menu.
follow the prompts. Touch [ to Continue. If continue is touched,
go back to the previous menu. a confirmation pop-up will
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn appear indicating the vehicle
the display off. Touch anywhere settings have been restored.
on the display area or any
faceplate button again to turn
the display on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Trademarks and and iPod touch® are trademarks of Schedule I: Gracenote EULA (if
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. equipped)
License Agreements and other countries.
Android Auto is a trademark of
Trademarks and Licence Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
Agreements trademark of Apple Inc.
RMVB
Music recognition technology and

related data are provided by
Gracenote®. Gracenote is the
industry standard in music
"Made for iPod," and "Made for recognition technology and related
iPhone," mean that an electronic content delivery. For more
Portions of this software are information visit
accessory has been designed to
included under license from www.gracenote.com.
connect specifically to iPod or
RealNetworks, Inc. Copyright
iPhone, respectively, and has been Music-related data from Gracenote,
1995-2012, RealNetworks, Inc. All
certified by the developer to meet Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
rights reserved
Apple performance standards. Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
Apple is not responsible for the Bluetooth® copyright © 2000 to present
operation of this device or its Gracenote. One or more patents
compliance with safety and The Bluetooth word mark and logos owned by Gracenote may apply to
regulatory standards. Please note are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, this product and service. See the
that the use of this accessory with Inc. and any use of such marks by Gracenote website for a
iPod or iPhone may affect wireless General Motors is under license. non-exhaustive list of applicable
performance. iPhone®, iPod®, iPod Other trademarks and trade names Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
classic®, iPod nano®, iPod shuffle®, are those of their respective owners. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership
are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will
trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any
United States and/or other Gracenote. payment to you for any information
countries. You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote may enforce its rights
Gracenote Terms of Use under this Agreement against you
Software, and Gracenote Servers
This application or device contains for your own personal directly in its own name.
software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for
The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of
"Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third a randomly assigned numeric
application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote
identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without
music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you
name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the
information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy
online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service.
databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each
functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed
Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no
End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties,
application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the
license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data.
This application or device may cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to
contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data
the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that
respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No
also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Software or Gracenote Servers are © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights PERSONAL AND
error-free or that functioning of Reserved. NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
Gracenote Software or Gracenote CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE
Servers will be uninterrupted. MPEG4–AVC (H.264) VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH
Gracenote is not obligated to THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1
provide you with new enhanced or UNDER THE AVC PATENT VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
additional data types or categories PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS
that Gracenote may provide in the PERSONAL AND ENCODED BY A CONSUMER
future and is free to discontinue its NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
services at any time. CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY LICENSE IS GRANTED OR
WARRANTIES OF A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS PERSONAL AND OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE
GRACENOTE DOES NOT VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL MPEG4–Visual
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR
USE OF THE GRACENOTE BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY
SOFTWARE OR ANY USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD
CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR
LIABLE FOR ANY WWW.MPEGLA.COM. USE BY A CONSUMER
CONSEQUENTIAL OR ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND
VC-1 NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED
ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT
REVENUES.
PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
MP3 Map End User License © United States Postal Service®

MPEG Layer-3 audio coding Agreement 2014. Prices are not established,
technology licensed from controlled, or approved by the
END USER TERMS United States Postal Service®. The
Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
The Map Data Disc (“Data”) is following trademarks and
WMA provided for your personal, internal registrations are owned by the
This product is protected by certain use only and not for resale. It is USPS: United States Postal
intellectual property rights of protected by copyright, and is Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.
Microsoft. Use or distribution of subject to the following terms (this TERMS AND CONDITIONS
such technology outside of this “End User License Agreement”) and
product is prohibited without a conditions which are agreed to by Personal Use Only: You agree to
license from Microsoft. you, on the one hand, and HERE use this Data for the solely
North America, LLC (“HERE”) and personal, noncommercial purposes
For more information on the its licensors (including their for which you were licensed, and
Software, including any open source licensors and suppliers) on the not for service bureau, timesharing
software license terms (and other hand. or other similar purposes. Except as
available source code) as well as otherwise set forth herein, you
copyright attributions applicable to The Data for areas of Canada agree not to otherwise reproduce,
the Runtime Configuration indicated includes information taken with copy, modify, decompile,
above, please contact the permission from Canadian disassemble or reverse engineer
Manufacturer or contact QSSC at authorities, including: © Her Majesty any portion of this Data, and may
175 Terence Matthews Crescent, the Queen in Right of Canada, © not transfer or distribute it in any
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 Queen's Printer for Ontario, © form, for any purpose, except to the
(licensing@qnx.com). Canada Post Corporation, extent permitted by mandatory laws.
GeoBase®. You may transfer the Data and all
HERE holds a nonexclusive license accompanying materials on a
from the United States Postal permanent basis if you retain no
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® copies and the recipient agrees to
information. the terms of this End User License
Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
be transferred or sold as a complete comprehensive geographic data, NON-INFRINGEMENT,

set as provided to you and not as a any of which may lead to incorrect MERCHANTABILITY,
subset thereof. results. SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS
Restrictions No Warranty FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Except where you have been This Data is provided to you “as is,” NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE
specifically licensed to do so by and you agree to use it at your own OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY
HERE and without limiting the risk. HERE and its licensors (and BOSCH (OR ANY OF THEIR
preceding paragraph, you may not their licensors and suppliers) make LICENSORS, AGENTS,
(a) use this Data with any products, no guarantees, representations, EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY
systems, or applications installed or or warranties of any kind, express or PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A
otherwise connected to or in implied, arising by law or otherwise, WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT
communication with vehicles including but not limited to, content, ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY
capable of vehicle navigation, quality, accuracy, completeness, SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION.
positioning, dispatch, real time route effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a THIS DISCLAIMER OF
guidance, fleet management or particular purpose, usefulness, use WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL
similar applications; or (b) with, or in or results to be obtained from this CONDITION OF THIS
communication with, including Data, or that the Data or server will AGREEMENT.
without limitation, cellular phones, be uninterrupted or error free.
palmtop and handheld computers, Disclaimer of Liability
pagers, and personal digital Disclaimer of Warranty HERE AND ITS LICENSORS
assistants or PDAs. THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
Warning FAULTS BASIS” AND BOSCH LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF
This Data may contain inaccurate or (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
incomplete information due to the SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
passage of time, changing DISCLAIM ALL OTHER NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
circumstances, sources used, and WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
the nature of collecting IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
WARRANTIES OF INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION under, applicable export laws, rules Government End Users
OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY and regulations. Entire Agreement: If the Data is being acquired by or
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, These terms and conditions on behalf of the United States
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR constitute the entire agreement government or any other entity
ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, between HERE (and its licensors, seeking or applying rights similar to
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR including their licensors and those customarily claimed by the
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES suppliers) and you pertaining to the United States government, this Data
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF subject matter hereof, and is a “commercial item” as that term
OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, supersedes in their entirety any and is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”)
ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR all written or oral agreements 2.101, is licensed in accordance
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS previously existing between us with with this End User License
OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN respect to such subject matter. Agreement, and each copy of Data
AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR delivered or otherwise furnished
TORT OR BASED ON A Governing Law
shall be marked and embedded as
WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR The above terms and conditions appropriate with the following
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN shall be governed by the laws of the “Notice of Use,” and be treated in
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY State of Illinois, without giving effect accordance with such Notice:
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some to (i) its conflict of laws provisions,
States, Territories, and Countries do or (ii) the United Nations Convention
not allow certain liability exclusions for Contracts for the International
or damages limitations, so to that Sale of Goods, which is explicitly
extent the above may not apply excluded. You agree to submit to
to you. the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
for any and all disputes, claims, and
Export Control actions arising from or in connection
You agree not to export from with the Data provided to you
anywhere any part of the Data hereunder.
provided to you or any direct
product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all
licenses and approvals required
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
NOTICE OF USE Unicode Part C – EULA

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Copyright © 1991-2014 Unicode, Copyright 2014, Software Systems
SUPPLIER) Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights
NAME: under the Terms of Use in Reserved.
http://www.unicode.org/ The product you have purchased
HERE North America, LLC copyright.html. ("Product") contains Software
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Free Type Project (Runtime Configuration No. 505962;
SUPPLIER) "Software") which is distributed by
Portions of this software are or on behalf of the Product
ADDRESS: copyright © 2014 The FreeType manufacturer "Manufacturer") under
425 West Randolph Street, Project (http://www.freetype.org). All license from Software Systems Co.
Chicago, IL 60606. rights reserved. ("QSSC"). You may only use the
This Data is a commercial item as Open Source SW Software in the Product and in
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject compliance with the license terms
The open source code used in this
to the End User License Agreement below.
device can be downloaded at the
under which this Data was provided. webpage shown in the information Subject to the terms and conditions
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. at the center stack display. Further of this License, QSSC hereby
All rights reserved. information concerning the OSS grants you a limited, non-exclusive,
licenses is shown in the center non-transferable license to use the
If the Contracting Officer, federal Software in the Product for the
government agency, or any federal stack display.
purpose intended by the
official refuses to use the legend QNX Manufacturer. If permitted by the
provided herein, the Contracting Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
Portions of this software are
Officer, federal government agency, you may make one backup copy of
copyright © 2008-2014, QNX
or any federal official must notify the Software as part of the Product
Software Systems. All rights
HERE North America, LLC prior to software. QSSC and its licensors
reserved.
seeking additional or alternative reserve all license+C31 rights not
rights in the Data. expressly granted herein, and retain
all right, title and interest in and to
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
all copies of the Software, including MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

all intellectual property rights FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS
therein. Unless required by ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR
applicable law you may not PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY
reproduce, distribute or transfer, MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO USE THE PRODUCT
or de-compile, disassemble or DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
otherwise attempt to unbundle, FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
reverse engineer, modify or create OFFERED BY THE GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
derivative works of, the Software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS PRODUCT FAILURE OR
You agree: (1) not to remove, cover DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
or alter any proprietary notices, NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
labels or marks in or on the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
Software, and to ensure that all ASSUME ANY RISKS AFFILIATES OR THEIR
copies bear any notice contained on ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
the original; and (2) not to export the OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
Product or the Software in LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES.
contravention of applicable export EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
control laws. WMA
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of
APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of
LICENSORS PROVIDE THE NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this
SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft.
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source
INCLUDING, WITHOUT NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as
OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to
NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
above, please contact the END USER NOTICE Introduction

Manufacturer or contact QSSC at The marks of companies displayed
175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
by this product to indicate business Infotainment
locations are the marks of their
(licensing@qnx.com). respective owners. The use of such Two infotainment systems are
Linotype marks in this product does not imply available.
any sponsorship, approval, This section describes the
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype or endorsement by such companies
Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent infotainment system without built-in
of this product. Navigation system. For the system
and Trademark Office and may be
registered in certain other with built-in Navigation, see
jurisdictions in the name of Introduction 0 95.
Linotype Corp. or its licensee Note
Linotype GmbH. Some functions of the Infotainment
Usage in text form of each of the System may not be compatible with
Licensed Trademarks is: all phones or smartphones available
in the market. Such features also
The trademark attribution depend on the connection with the
requirements for the Licensed internet and the service offered by
Trademarks may be viewed at phone companies and apps
http://www.linotype.com/ availability.
2061-19414/trademarks.html.
Read the following pages to
become familiar with these features.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
functions may grey out when they Overview

{ Warning are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
Taking your eyes off the road for the steering wheel controls.
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can Before driving:
cause a crash. You or others . Become familiar with the
could be injured or killed. Do not operation, faceplate buttons, and
give extended attention to screen buttons.
infotainment tasks while driving. . Set up the audio by pre-setting
Limit your glances at the vehicle favourite stations, setting the
displays and focus your attention tone, and adjusting the
on driving. Use voice commands speakers.
whenever possible.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called 1. O
easily by touching a single
. Press to turn the power on.
{ Warning button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with . Press and hold to turn the
It is illegal to touch your phone Bluetooth phone capability. power off.
when driving. . Press to mute the system
Make sure that Bluetooth® is Theft-Deterrent Feature when on.
activated before driving. If not, The infotainment system has an . Turn to decrease or
stop at a safe place to use a electronic security system installed increase the volume.
mobile phone. to prevent theft.
The infotainment system only works
2. d
The infotainment system has built-in in the vehicle in which it was first . Radio: Press to
features intended to help avoid installed, and cannot be used in automatically search for
distraction by disabling some another vehicle. available radio stations with
functions when driving. These good reception.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. USB/Bluetooth Music/ previously paired phone or Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
Movies/Pictures: Press to establish a new Bluetooth USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
go to the next content. enabled phone connection.) Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
Press and hold to fast watch a movie.
forward. Home Page
Phone : Touch to activate the
3. g Touchscreen Buttons phone features (if equipped). See
. Radio: Press to Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 132
Touchscreen buttons show on the
automatically search for or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 127 or
screen when available. When a
available radio stations with Bluetooth (Infotainment
function is unavailable, the button
good reception. Controls) 0 128.
may gray out. When a function is
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ selected, the button may highlight. Projection : Touch to access
Movies/Pictures: Press to supported devices when connected.
Home Page Features See USB Port 0 103.
go to the previous content.
Press and hold to fast Settings : Touch to access the
rewind. Settings menu. See
Operation 0 151.
4. {
. Press to go to the Home Edit Mode
Page. See Home In edit mode, the home page can be
Page 0 149. rearranged.
5. b 1. Press { on the control panel.
. Press this button to access 2. Press and hold the any menu
the Phone screen. (If there to enter the edit mode.
is no connected phone, the
3. Drag and drop the desired
monitor will show the
Press { to go to the Home Page. menu to change the position.
Device Management Menu
to allow you to connect a 4. Press { to exit the edit mode.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Note 1. Volume button If the customer's connected

. The edit mode exits after a . Move the button upward to phone supports Speech
timeout of inactivity of VOL + button to increase Recognition, press and hold
30 seconds. the volume. the button to activate the
phone's SR (Speech
. If you drag and drop the menu . Move the button downward recognition) mode.
on the arrow, the menu will be to - button to decrease the
arranged on the previous or . If an iPhone is connected,
volume.
next page. press and hold to enter the
. The maximum number of edit 2. 5 button Siri function.
mode pages is three. . Press this button to decline 4. _ /^ (seek)
an incoming call or end a
Steering Wheel Controls current call. . When _ /^ are pressed
up/down.
(If equipped) . Press this button to mute or
unmute the infotainment In Radio modes, changes
system when not on a call. broadcast frequencies
saved.
3. % button
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth
. When there is no audio modes, changes
connected Bluetooth the file.
device, the Infotainment
system executes the . When _ /^ are pressed
Bluetooth device and held.
connection. In USB/iPod/Bluetooth
. When there is a connected audio modes, rewind or fast
Bluetooth device, press the forward the file.
button to answer the call or
enter the redial
selection mode.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Operation Note 4. Select a Preset tone setting or

When changing the audio source, a a Custom tone setting and the
Radio Controls difference in volume may be Fader/Balance:
The infotainment system is operated experienced.
Preset
by using the pushbuttons, menus
shown on the display, and steering Settings . Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop,
wheel controls. Auto Volume Country, Classical,
or Custom.
Turning the System On or Off This feature automatically adjusts
the radio volume to compensate for Custom
O : Press to turn the radio on.
Press and hold to turn the radio off. road and wind noise. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
The level of volume compensation Touch − or +.
Automatic Switch-Off
can be selected, or the feature can Fader or Balance
If the infotainment system has been be turned off.
turned on after the ignition is turned . Adjust the front/rear or left/
off, the system will turn off 1. Press {, then touch Settings. right speakers by dragging
automatically after 10 minutes. 2. TouchRadio. the dot in the vehicle image
on the screen.
If the ignition is turned off and the 3. Select Auto Volume.
user opens the driver door of the 5. Touch 3 to go back to the
vehicle, the system is turned off 4. Select the desired setting.
source screen.
automatically. 5. Touch 3 to go back to the Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
Volume Control source screen.
O : Turn to increase or decrease. Tone Settings
1. Press {, then touch Settings.
Press when the system is on to 2. Touch Time and Date, then
mute and unmute the system. 1. Press {, then touch Settings. select 12h or 24h format.
2. TouchRadio. 3. Touch 3.
3. TouchTone Settings.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Setting the Month and Day 2. TouchRadio. 3. Select language displayed on

Format 3. Touch Manage Favourites, then the Infotainment system.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. select the number of favorite Vehicle

list on the radio screen.
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
Date Format. Audible Touch Feedback
2. TouchVehicle.
3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ 1. Press {, then touch Settings. 3. Touch the desired item:
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
2. TouchRadio. . Comfort and Convenience:
(month/day/year), or YYYY/
MM/DD (year/month/day) 3. Turn on or off the Audible Set Chime volume
format. Touch Feedback. . Lighting: Set the desired
Vehicle Locator Lights and
4. Touch 3. Text Scroll
Exit Lighting timing.
Setting the Time and Date 1. Press {, then touch Settings. . Power Door Locks: Turn
2. TouchRadio. Auto Door Lock on or off.
3. Turn on or off the Text Scroll. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start:
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
Time or Set Date. ‐ Remote Unlock Light
Maximum Startup Volume Feedback: Select Off or
3. Touch + or − to adjust the Flash Lights.
value.
2. TouchRadio. ‐ Remote Lock Feedback:
4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or Select the desired
PM for 12 hour format. 3. Touch Maximum Startup option from the list.
Volume, then set between 13
5. Touch 3 to go back to the to 37. ‐ Remote Door Unlock:
source screen. Select All Doors or
Language Driver Door
Manage Favorites ‐ Relock Remotely
1. Press {, then touch Settings. Unlocked Doors: Select
2. TouchLanguage. on or off.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
‐ Remote Window Apple CarPlay (If available) 3. Select on or off.

Operation: Select on . On: If you connect the
or off. 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
device through USB port, it
Bluetooth 2. TouchApple CarPlay. will be launched
3. Select on or off. automatically.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. . Off: If you connect the
Android Auto (If available)
2. TouchBluetooth. device through USB port, it
3. Touch the desired item: 1. Press {, then touch Settings. will not be launched
automatically.
. Device Information: Check 2. TouchAndroid Auto.
the device information. 3. Select on or off. Rear Camera (If equipped)
. Device management: Note The Rear Camera menu is available
Select the desired device in vehicles which has Rear Vision
Even though you set the Projection Camera (RVC) option. (Vehicles
and connect/disconnect or feature "Off", connecting the device
delete. produced with Rear Vision Camera).
and pressing the projection feature
. Change Pairing PIN: on home screen will display pop up 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
Manually change/set the message as following: "While active,
PIN code. New device will be displayed on this 2. TouchRear Camera.
. Ringtones: Change the screen". . Guidance Lines: Select the
ringtone. Guidance Lines feature to
USB Auto Launch turn on or off.
. Sort Order: Change the
sorting order of contacts.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. . Rear Park Assist Symbols:
(First/Last or Last/First) 2. TouchUSB Auto Launch. Select the Rear Park Assist
Symbols feature to turn on
. Voice Mail Numbers: or off.
Change the voice mail
number.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Return to Factory Settings Radio Direct Tune

1. Press {, then touch Settings. From the AM or FM menu:
AM-FM Radio 1. TouchTune.
2. TouchReturn to Factory
Settings. Playing the Radio 2. Enter the station number.
. Restore Vehicle Settings: { : Press to go to the Home Page. 3. TouchGo.
Restore all vehicle settings.
O : Press to turn on, mute, Favorite
. Clear All Private Data: or unmute the system. Press and
Clear all private data from hold to turn off the system. 1. Touch S or T to scroll through
the system. the favorite pages.
Selecting a Band
. Restore Radio Settings: 2. Touch the station to select it.
Restore all radio settings. 1. Press {. Station List
2. TouchAUDIO. 1. From the AM or FM menu,
3. TouchSource. touch Menu.
4. Select AM, FM, DAB, USB, 2. Select Station List.
Bluetooth or AUX input.
3. Touch Q or R to scroll through
The last station that was playing the list. Touch the station to
starts playing again. select it.
Selecting a Station Update Station List
Seek Tuning . From the AM or FM menu, touch
Menu, then touch Update Station
If the radio station is not known:
List. The broadcasting list
Press g or d to automatically updating will begin.
search for available radio stations. . During the AM or FM
broadcasting list update, touch
Cancel to stop the updates.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
RDS 3. Touch and hold any of the especially around tall buildings or
Setting the RDS function in the FM preset buttons to save the hills, causing the sound to fade in
radio RDS supported. current radio station to that and out.
button of the selected
. From the FM menu, turn on or favorites page. AM
off the RDS. The range for most AM stations is
To change a preset button, tune to
Menu the new desired radio station and greater than for FM, especially at
touch and hold the preset button. night. The longer range can cause
Touch to choose between available station frequencies to interfere with
menus for the current source. each other. Static can occur when
Radio Reception things like storms and power lines
Storing a Station as a Favorite Frequency interference and static interfere with radio reception. When
Stations from all bands can be can occur during normal radio this happens, try reducing the treble
stored in any order in the favorite reception if items such as mobile on the radio.
pages. phone chargers, vehicle
convenience accessories, and Cell Phone Usage
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
external electronic devices are Cell phone usage, such as making
Storing Stations plugged into the accessory power or receiving phone calls, charging,
To store the station to a position in outlet. If there is interference or or just having the phone on may
the list, touch the corresponding static, unplug the item from the cause static interference in the
button 1−5 until a beep is heard. accessory power outlet. radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.
1. Select the desired station. FM
2. Touch S or T to select the FM signals only reach about 16 to Radio Reception
desired page of saved 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit Digital audio broadcasting
favorites.
that automatically reduces Digital audio broadcasting (DAB) is
interference, some static can occur, an innovative and universal
broadcasting system.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
DAB Radio Up to 5 favorites pages can be Categories

saved, and each page can store up 1. From the DAB menu, press
Listening to DAB radio to five radio station. theCategories to display the
1. Press { on the control panel. To change a preset button, tune to DAB category list. The DAB
2. TouchAUDIO. the new desired radio station and category list information is
touch and hold the preset button. displayed.
3. TouchSource.
Listening to PRESET button 2. Touch Q or R to scroll through
4. Select DAB on the screen. The directly the list. Touch the station to
DAB radio of the most recent
select it.
listened station is displayed. 1. Touch S or T to select the
desired page of saved Note
Searching for broadcasting
favorites. In case of the DAB mode, only the
automatically
2. Touch any of the preset buttons selected category is displayed in the
Press g or d on the control panel to directly listen to the radio category list.
to automatically search for available station saved to that button. Update Station List
station with good reception
General operation of the menu 1. From the DAB menu, press
Storing a broadcasting as a theUpdate Station List to
Favorite 1. Touch Menu on the DAB radio
screen. display the update DAB station
1. Select the desired station. list. The DAB broadcasting list
2. Touch the desired menu to update will proceed.
2. Touch S or T to select the select the relevant item or to
display the item’s 2. During the DAB broadcasting
desired page of saved
detailed menu. list update, press Cancelto stop
favorites.
it from saving changes.
3. Touch and hold any of the
preset buttons to save the DAB Announcements
current radio station to that 1. From the DAB menu, find the
button of the selected RDS by touching Q or R.
favorites page.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. Select the desired option. (All, To configure the DAB settings

News, Weather, Sports, options: Caution
Finance, Travel, Event, 1. From the DAB menu, find the
Special, Radio info, Warning, To avoid damaging the antenna or
Traffic, Alarm) desired setting by touching Q the roof panel, be sure to remove
or R. the antenna before entering the
DAB Settings automatic car wash or a place
. L Band 2. Select on or off. with a low ceiling.
Note Fixed Mast Antenna
Additional L-Band frequencies may Install the antenna firmly.
not be used Whenever using the roof rack
. Intellitext system, check if the antenna is not
obstructing the area that is being
Note used by the roof rack system or the
Some countries may not support cargo.
this feature
. DAB to DAB Linking (if
available): If the current DAB
broadcasting is disconnected,
find the same DAB broadcasting
automatically.
. DAB to FM Linking (if available):
If the current DAB broadcasting To remove the roof antenna, rotate it
is disconnected, find the same anticlockwise. To install the roof
FM broadcasting automatically. antenna, rotate it clockwise.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Audio Players USB Supported Folder Structure USB Port (Audio System)
The infotainment system supports The infotainment system can play
USB Port up to 15 stages of folder structure. the music files contained in the USB
storage device or iPod/iPhone
Using the USB Port Connecting a USB Storage products.
Device or iPod/iPhone
The infotainment system can play Audio System Information
music or movies by connecting a To connect a USB storage device,
device to the USB port. connect the device to the USB port. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . Music files with .mp3, .wma,
USB Support
one end of the device's cable to the .ogg, and .wav file name
If equipped, the USB connector is in iPod/iPhone and the other end to extensions can be played.
the front of the center console, and the USB port. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
uses the USB 2.0 standard.
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
Not all iPods and USB drives are connected to the vehicle if the Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
compatible with the USB port. ignition is in position 1 or 2. See 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz,
Make sure the iPod has the Starting the Engine 0 185. When the 22.05 kHz, and 16 kHz.
latest firmware from Apple® for vehicle is turned off, the iPod/ . Files with a bit rate above
proper operation. iPod firmware iPhone automatically powers off and 128 kbps will result in higher
can be updated using the latest will not charge or draw power from quality sound.
iTunes® application. See the vehicle's battery.
. ID3 Tag information for MP3
www.apple.com/br/itunes. For more information on USB files, such as the album name
For help with identifying your iPod, usage, see “Audio System and the artist, can be displayed.
go to www.apple.com/br/support. Information” under later in this
section. . To display album title, track title,
The USB port can play both lower and artist information, the file
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, should be compatible with the
and .wav files stored on a USB ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
storage device.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Using USB Storage Devices and performance of the USB hub. . Some iPod/iPhone product
iPod/iPhone If there is not enough power models may not support the
. Use a USB or flash memory type supply, it may not operate connectivity or functionality of
storage device. Do not connect normally. this product.
using a USB adaptor. . Do not disconnect the USB . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
. Do not connect and reconnect storage device while it is playing. with connection cables
the USB device repeatedly in a This may cause damage to the supported by iPod/iPhone
short time, as this may cause product or affect the products. Other connection
static electricity and problems performance of the USB device. cables cannot be used.
using the device. . Disconnect the USB storage . The iPod/iPhone may be
. Use a USB device with a metal device when the ignition is damaged if it is connected to the
connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned vehicle with the ignition on.
on while the USB device is When not in use, disconnect the
. Connection with i-Stick Type connected, the USB device may iPod/iPhone.
USB storage devices may be be damaged or may not operate . When the iPod/iPhone is
faulty due to vehicle vibration. normally. connected to the USB port with
. Do not touch the USB . USB storage devices can only an iPod/iPhone cable, Bluetooth
connecting terminal. be connected for playing music/ music is not supported.
. The time it takes to process files movies and viewing photo files. . The iPod/iPhone playback
will depend on the USB storage . Do not use the USB terminal to functions and the information
device type and capacity, and charge USB accessory displayed may be different when
the type of files stored. equipment. The heat generated played on the infotainment
. Some USB storage device files may cause performance issues system.
may not be compatible. or damage.
. Up to two USB devices and one . Music files to which Digital Right
iPod can be played through a Management (DRM) is applied
USB hub. All devices may not be cannot be played.
supported, depending on the
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Changing to Next/Previous Files

. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
. Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already Current File
classification items related to the connected:
search function provided by the Touch g after five seconds of the
iPod/iPhone. . Press {. playback time.
USB Player . TouchAUDIO. Scanning Forwards or Backwards
Playing Music from a USB Device . TouchSource. Touch and hold g or l during
. TouchUSB. playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Connect the USB device to the
Release the button to resume
USB port. To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
. Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
Source, then select the other Playing a File Randomly
the system has finished reading
the USB device. source. Touch Z during playback.
. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select . ON : Plays all files randomly.
connected, an error message another function, then remove the
USB device. . OFF : Returns to normal
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio playback.
Pause
function. Using the USB Music Menu
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Touch r to resume. . Touch the desired menu.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Browse Music iPod/iPhone Player To remove the device, select

1. TouchBrowse Music. This feature is limited to models another function, then remove the
supporting the iPod/iPhone device.
2. Touch the desired music.
connection. Pause
Tone Settings
Playing Music Files . Touch j to pause.
. TouchTone Settings. The Tone
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
Settings menu is displayed. See . Touch r to resume.
“Tone Settings” under “Radio USB port.
Controls” in Operation 0 151. . Play will start from the previously Changing to Next/Previous Song
Auto Volume played point after the system . Touch l to change to the
has finished reading the USB next song.
. TouchAuto Volume. The Auto device.
Volume menu is displayed. See
. If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within three seconds
“Auto Volume” under “Radio of the playback time to play the
Controls” in Operation 0 151. connected, an error message
displays and the system will previous file.
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) switch to the previous audio Returning to the Beginning of the
. Connect a MTP supported function. Current File
device. If the iPod/iPhone is already Touch g after three seconds of the
. Play will start automatically after connected: playback time.
the system has finished reading 1. Press {. Scanning Forwards or Backwards
the MTP device.
2. TouchAUDIO. Touch and hold g or l during
. If a non-readable MTP device is
connected, an error message 3. TouchSource. playback to rewind or fast forward.
displays and the system will Release the button to resume
4. TouchiPod.
switch to the previous audio playback at normal speed.
function. To stop the device and select
another media source, touch
Source, then select the other
source.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Playing a File Randomly USB Port (Picture System) 3. Touch \.

Touch Z during playback. The infotainment system can view Some features are disabled while
picture files stored on a USB the vehicle is in motion.
. ON: Plays all files randomly. storage device and devices that
. OFF: Returns to normal support Media Transfer Viewing a Slide Show
playback. Protocol (MTP). 1. Touch z from the picture
Using the iPod Menu Picture System Information screen.
. Touch Menu during playback. . Supported file extensions: .jpg, 2. Touch the screen to cancel the
. Touch the appropriate .bmp, .png, .gif. slide show during the slide
play mode. . Animated GIF files are not show playback.
Browse Music supported. Viewing a Previous or Next

. Some files may not operate due Picture
1. TouchBrowse Music.
to a different recording format or Touch S or T from the picture
2. Touch the desired music. the condition of the file. screen.
Tone Settings Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture
. TouchTone Settings. The Tone 1. Connect the USB device to the
Settings menu is displayed. See USB port. Touch w from the picture screen.
“Tone Settings” under “Radio
Controls” in Operation 0 151. 2. Touch the screen to open to full Enlarging a Picture
screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen.
Auto Volume to return to the previous
. TouchAuto Volume. The Auto screen. Using the USB Picture Menu
Volume menu is displayed. See If the compatible USB device is 1. Touch MENU from the picture
“Auto Volume” under “Radio already connected: screen.
Controls” in Operation 0 151.
1. Press {.
2. TouchGALLERY.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. Touch the appropriate menu: . Playable codec format: H.264 If the USB device is already
. Slide Show Time: Allows codec. connected:
selection of the slide show . Playable Audio format: MP3, 1. Press {.
interval. AC3, AAC, WMA.
2. TouchGALLERY.
. Clock, Temp. Display: . Max video bitrate:
Allows selection of On or ‐ mpeg-1: 8 Mbps
3. Touch z.
Off to show the clock and
‐ mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43): Movie is not available while driving.
temperature on the full
screen. 4 Mbps Pause
. Display Settings: Adjusts . Max audio bitrate: . Touch j to pause.
for Brightness and Contrast. ‐ mp3: 320 Kbps
. Touch r to resume.
3. Touch 0 to exit. ‐ wma: 320 Kbps
Changing to Next/Previous Movie
USB Port (Movie System) ‐ ac-3: 640 Kbps
‐ aac: 449 Kbps . Touch u to change to the
The infotainment system can play
next file.
movie files stored on a USB storage . Movie files to which Digital Right
device and devices that support Management (DRM) is applied . Touch t within five seconds of
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). may not be played. the playback time to play the
Movie System Information previous file.
Playing a Movie File
. Available resolution: Lower than 1. Connect the USB device to the Returning to the Beginning of the
1280 x 720 (W x H) pixels. USB port. Current Movie
. Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. 2. Touch the screen to open to full Touch t after five seconds of the
. Playable movie file: mp4. The screen. Touch the screen again playback time.
playable movie file may not be to return to the previous
played according to the codec screen.
format.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Scanning Forwards or Backwards . Clock Temp. Display: Playing Music

Allows selection of On or
Touch and hold t or u during Off to show the clock and
To play music from the device, if the
playback to rewind or fast forward. device is already connected:
temperature on the full
Release the button to resume screen. 1. Press {.
playback at normal speed.
. Display Settings: Adjusts 2. TouchAUDIO.
Viewing Full Screen for brightness and contrast.
3. TouchSource.
Touch t from the movie screen. 3. Touch 0 to exit. 4. Touch AUX.
Touch t again to return to the
previous screen. Auxiliary Devices 5. Touch 0.
Using the USB Movie Menu Using the Auxiliary Input Jack To adjust the tone settings, see
“Preset Tone Settings” and “Custom
1. Touch MENU from the movie Settings menus and functions may Tone Settings” under “System
screen. vary depending on vehicle options. Settings” in Operation 0 151.
2. Touch the appropriate menu: If equipped, the auxiliary input jack
. Tone Settings: shows the can be used to connect external
sound setup. See “Tone audio devices such as an iPod®,
Settings” in iPhone®, MP3 player, CD player,
Operation 0 151. and other supported devices for use
as another source for audio
. Auto Volume: Automatically listening. This input jack is not an
adjusts the volume audio output; do not plug
according to the speed of headphones into the front auxiliary
the vehicle. See “Auto input jack.
Volume” in
Operation 0 151. If equipped with auxiliary input jack
the infotainment system can play
music connected by the auxiliary
device.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

.
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
all cell phones. See “Pairing” phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Bluetooth (Overview) later in this section. make and receive phone calls. The
If equipped with Bluetooth® infotainment system is used to
capability, the system can interact { Danger control the system. The system can
be used while in ignition position 1
with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs,
or other devices to: Taking your eyes off the road for or 2. See Starting the Engine 0 185.
too long or too often while using Not all phones support all functions
. Place and receive hands-free
any infotainment feature can and not all phones work with the
calls. Bluetooth system.
cause a crash. You or others
. Transmit hands-free data. could be injured or killed. Do not There may be restrictions on using
. Play audio streaming files. give extended attention to Bluetooth wireless technology in
infotainment tasks while driving. some locations.
The device must be paired first. See
“Pairing” later in this section. Limit your glances at the vehicle Due to the variety of Bluetooth
displays and focus your attention devices and their firmware versions,
To minimize driver distraction, on driving. Use voice commands
before driving, and with the vehicle the device may respond differently
whenever possible. when performing over Bluetooth.
parked:
. Become familiar with the Bluetooth (Infotainment
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and { Warning Controls)
contact lists clearly and delete To use infotainment controls to
It is illegal to touch your phone
duplicate or rarely used entries. access the menu system, see
when driving.
If possible, program speed dial Overview 0 95.
or other shortcuts. Make sure that Bluetooth® is
activated before driving. If not, Pairing
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment stop at a safe place to use a A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
system. mobile phone. must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
vehicle before it can be used. See When the Bluetooth device and 6. When the Bluetooth device and
your mobile phone manufacturer's infotainment system are infotainment system are
user guide for Bluetooth functions successfully paired, the phone book successfully paired, the phone
before pairing the mobile phone. is downloaded automatically. This is functions are displayed on the
dependent on the type of phone infotainment system.
Pairing Information paired. If the automatic download
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 does not occur, proceed with the Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired
capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the Device
the vehicle as a phone and an phone. When a paired device is on the
MP3 player via USB port at the infotainment system and SSP is
same time. Pairing a Phone – SSP and No supported:
Paired Device
. Up to 10 cell phones can be 1. Press {.
paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and Simple 2. TouchSettings.
. Pairing only needs to be Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported:
completed once, unless the 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
pairing information on the mobile 1. Press {. Management.
phone changes or the mobile 4. Touch the desired device to
phone is deleted from the
2. Touch PHONE or press % on
the steering wheel. pair. When the Bluetooth
system. device and infotainment system
. Only one paired mobile phone 3. TouchSearch Device. are successfully paired, the
can be connected to the 4. Touch the desired device to device name is highlighted on
Bluetooth system at a time. pair on the searched list the pair device screen. If no
screen. desired device is available go
. If multiple paired cell phones are to Step 5.
within range of the system, the 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
system connects to the first screen of the Bluetooth device 5. Touch Search Device to search
available paired cell phone in the and infotainment system. for the desired device.
order that they were first paired. 6. Touch the desired device to
pair on the searched list
screen.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 5. Input the Personal 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
screen of the Bluetooth device Identification Number (PIN) Management.
and infotainment system. code (default: 1234) to the 4. Touch the desired device to
. The connected phone is Bluetooth device. When the pair. When the Bluetooth
Bluetooth device and
highlighted by 5. infotainment system are
device and infotainment system
are successfully paired, the
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free successfully paired, the phone device name is highlighted on
functions are displayed on the the pair device screen. If no
and phone music functions are
infotainment system. desired device is available go
enabled.
If the connection fails, a failure to Step 5.
. 5 indicates only the hands-free message is displayed on the
function is enabled. 5. Touch Search Device to search
infotainment system. for the desired device.
. Z indicates only Bluetooth If a Bluetooth device was previously 6. Touch the desired device to
music is enabled. connected, the infotainment system pair on the searched list
executes the auto connection. screen.
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No However, if the Bluetooth setting on
Paired Device the Bluetooth device is turned off, a 7. Input the Personal
When there is no paired device on failure message is displayed on the Identification Number (PIN)
the infotainment system and SSP is infotainment system. code (default: 1234) to the
not supported: Bluetooth device. When the
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and Bluetooth device and
1. Press {. Paired Device infotainment system are
When a paired device is on the successfully paired, the device
2. Touch PHONE or press % on infotainment system and SSP is not name is highlighted on the pair
the steering wheel. device screen.
supported:
3. TouchSearch Device.
1. Press {. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
4. Touch the desired device to and phone music functions are
pair on the searched list 2. TouchSettings. enabled.
screen.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
. 5 indicates only the hands-free 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device versions over 1.2 must be
function is enabled. Management. registered and connected to the
4. Touch the name of the device vehicle.
. Z indicates only Bluetooth to be disconnected. . From the cell phone or Bluetooth
music is enabled. device, find the Bluetooth device
5. TouchDisconnect.
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth type to set/connect the item as a
Device Deleting a Bluetooth Device stereo headset.
1. Press {. 1. Press {. . e will appear on the screen if
2. TouchSettings. the stereo headset is
2. TouchSettings. successfully connected.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. The sound played by the
Management. Management.
Bluetooth device is delivered
4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete. through the infotainment system.
connected.
5. Touch Y. . Bluetooth music can be played
Checking the Bluetooth only when a Bluetooth device
6. TouchDelete. has been connected. To play
Connection
Note Bluetooth music, connect the
1. Press {. If the device to be deleted is Bluetooth phone to the
2. TouchSettings. connected, the disconnecting infotainment system.
procedure needs to be performed . If the Bluetooth device is
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device previously to the deleting procedure.
Management. disconnected while playing
Bluetooth Music phone music, the music is
4. The paired device will show discontinued. The audio
highlighted. Before playing Bluetooth music, streaming function may not be
read the following information: supported in some Bluetooth
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device phones. Only one function can
1. Press {. that supports Advanced Audio be used at a time between the
2. TouchSettings. Distribution Profile (A2DP) Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
music function. For example, Pause Do not change the track too quickly
if you convert to Bluetooth when playing Bluetooth music.
hands-free while playing Phone Touch j to pause.
Conditions that may occur when
music, the music is Touch r to resume. playing Bluetooth music:
discontinued. Playing music from
the car is not possible when Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data
there are no music files stored in from the Bluetooth device to the
the cell phone. Touch l. infotainment system.
Note Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
Verify the volume of your phone and device is not in the waiting
Touch g within approximately screen mode, it may not
its music player. If it is too low, you
two seconds of playback time to automatically play.
might not be able to hear the play the previous song.
Bluetooth music. . The infotainment system
Note Returning to the Beginning of the transmits the order to play from
Current Song the Bluetooth device in the
Depending on the phone device
Bluetooth music play mode.
and/or player used, the music name Touch g after approximately
might not be displayed while playing If this is done in a different
two seconds of playback time. mode, then the device transmits
the music.
Search the order to stop. Depending on
Playing Bluetooth Music the Bluetooth device options,
Touch and hold g or l to rewind this order to play/stop may take
1. Press {. or fast forward. time to activate.
2. TouchAUDIO. Playing Music Randomly . If the Bluetooth music playback
3. TouchSource. is not functioning, then check to
Touch Z during playback. Touch see if the Bluetooth device is in
4. TouchBluetooth. again to return to normal play. the waiting screen mode.
This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during
depending on the Bluetooth device. the Bluetooth music playback.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. The infotainment system outputs . Confirm system information. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back
the audio from the cell phone or . End a call. to hands-free.
Bluetooth device as it is
transmitted. . Decline a call. Turning the Microphone On
. Cancel an operation. and Off
Hands-Free Phone . Make outgoing calls using the Touch 3 to turn the microphone on
General Information call list. or off.
Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone % : Press to answer incoming calls. Calling by Redial
system can use a Bluetooth-capable 5 : Press to end a call, decline a To call by using redial:
cell phone with a hands-free profile call, or cancel an operation.
to make and receive phone calls. . Press % on the steering wheel
The infotainment system and voice Making a Call by Entering a Phone controls to display the redial
control are used to operate the Number guidance screen.
system. Not all phones support all . Press {, then touch PHONE on
functions and not all phones work
. Touch 5 on the phone screen.
the screen.
with the Hands-Free Phone system. Redialling is not possible when
Hands-Free Phone Controls
. Press % on the steering wheel. there is no call history.
Use the buttons on the infotainment If a wrong number is entered, touch Taking Calls
system and the steering wheel to } to delete the number one digit at When a phone call comes through
operate the Hands-Free Phone a time, or touch and hold } to the connected Bluetooth cell phone,
system. delete all digits of the number. the audio system will be muted or
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone paused and the phone will ring with
Steering Wheel Controls (if
(Private Mode) the relevant information displayed.
equipped)
Steering wheel controls can be To switch the call from the cell Press % on the steering wheel
used to: phone to hands-free: controls or touch 5 on the screen.
. Answer incoming calls. 1. Touch 0.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
To decline the call, press 5 on the If there is a connected Bluetooth happens, connect it again or
steering wheel controls or touch device previously, the Infotainment proceed with the phone book
K on the screen. system executes the auto download on the phone.
connection. But if the Bluetooth
Using the Contacts Menu setting on your device is turned off, Searching for a Name
1. Touch Contacts on the phone failure message is displayed on the Select characters by using the
screen. Infotainment system. keypad on the phone book screen.
As characters are selected, the
2. Touch Q or R to scroll through Searching for Contacts Entries names that include those characters
the list. 1. Touch Contacts on the phone will display on the phone book
screen. screen. As more characters of the
3. Touch the phone book entry
name are entered, the list of
to call. 2. Touch 9 on the contacts possible names is shortened.
4. If there is more than one screen.
number associated with the To search for the name Alex:
3. Use the keypad to input the
name, touch the number name to search. For details, 1. Touch (abc) to select the first
to dial. see “Searching for a Name” character.
Note following. 2. Touch (jkl) to select the second
When the Bluetooth of your cell 4. Touch the phone book entry character.
phone and the radio are to call. 3. Touch (def) to select the third
successfully paired, the phone book character.
is downloaded automatically. But the 5. If there is more than one
phone book may not be downloaded number associated with the 4. Touch (wxy) to select the fourth
automatically according to the type name, touch the number character.
of the phone. In this case, use the to dial.
Making a Call from Call History
phone book on your phone. We When the Bluetooth device and
recommend that you “Always” infotainment system are 1. Touch Call History on the
accept the Phone book connection successfully paired, the phone book phone screen.
request on the initial pairing of the will download. Some phones may
phone. not download automatically. If this
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. Touch one of the following for: Hands-Free Phone (Apple Trademarks and
. W All calls history. CarPlay and License Agreements
. [ Dialed calls. Android Auto)
Apple CarPlay and Trademarks and Licence
. Y Missed calls. Android Auto Agreements
. X Received calls. For more information see Apple
3. Select the contact entry to call. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 134
Making a Call with Speed Dial
Numbers
Touch and hold the speed dial
number using the keypad on the
phone screen.
Only speed dial numbers already
stored on the cell phone can be
used for speed dial calls. Up to
two-digit speed dial numbers are
supported.
The Bluetooth word mark and logos
For two-digit speed dial numbers, are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,
press and hold the second digit to Inc. and any use of such marks by
make a call to the speed dial General Motors is under license.
number. Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of

Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Android Auto is a trademark of
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
trademark of Apple Inc.
DivX Certified® to play DivX® video, “Made for iPod” and “Made for
including premium content. iPhone” mean that an electronic
Covered by one or more of the accessory has been designed to
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673; connect specifically to iPod or
7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274. iPhone respectively, and has been
certified by the developer to meet
DivX®, DivX Certified® and Apple performance standards.
associated logos are trademarks of Apple is not responsible for the
Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries operation of this device or its
and are used under license. compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note
that the use of this accessory with
iPod, iPhone may affect wireless
performance.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
174 Climate Controls

.
Climate Controls Climate Control Temperature (C)
Systems . Air recirculation/ (D)

Climate Control Systems . Heated rear window 1 (E)
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 174 { Warning . Air conditioning u (F)
Electronic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating system Temperature
Air Vents on. It may cause serious harm or Adjust the temperature by turning
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . 178 death due to a drop in oxygen the knob (C).
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 content and/or body temperature. Blue : Cold
Maintenance Red : Warm
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Passenger Compartment Air Air Distribution
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Select air outlet by turning the
Air Conditioning Regular
knob (A).
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Y : To head area via adjustable air
vents
) : To head area and foot well
6 : To foot well
- : To windscreen and foot well
0 : Demisting and defrosting
Controls for: Fan Speed
. Air distribution (A) Adjust the air flow by turning the
. Fan speed (B) knob (B) to the desired speed.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Climate Controls 175
Heated Rear Window Even though the air conditioning is

Warning (Continued) turned on u (F), the vehicle will
Operated by pressing the 1
air humidity increases, so the produce warm air if the temperature
button (E), see Heated Rear
windows may mist up. The quality knob is set in the red area.
Window 0 29.
of the passenger compartment air To turn off the air conditioning
Air Recirculation System deteriorates and may cause the system, press the u button (F)
The air recirculation mode is vehicle occupants to feel drowsy. again or turn the fan knob (B) to 0.
operated with the / button (D).
If the air conditioning system u (F)
Use recirculation system whenever Air conditioning is on and you turn the fan knob (B)
you need to cool down the air faster Press button u (F). Air conditioning to 0, the air conditioning system
and for maximum cooling. Use it remains on but inactive, since the
is functional only when the engine
also whenever driving on dusty or fan is on 0. When you turn it back to
and fan are running.
smelly roads, to reduce particles motion, the air conditioning will work
and odors to penetrate the The air conditioning system cools again.
passenger compartment. and dehumidifies (dries) when
outside temperature is a little above
{ Warning
{ Warning the freezing point. Therefore
condensation may form and drip It is recommended to service the
Driving in recirculation mode for a from under the vehicle. climate control systems by a
prolonged period of time can If no cooling or drying is required, Holden Dealership Network or
make you sleepy. Periodically turn switch the air conditioning system Authorized Repair Shop. Improper
to the outside air mode for off to save fuel. service methods may cause
fresh air. personal injury.
The air conditioning will not operate
The exchange of fresh air is when the fan control knob (B) is in
reduced in air recirculation mode. the 0 position. Normal Cooling
In operation without cooling, the
. Operate the air conditioning
(Continued)
system u (F).
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Turn the temperature control Electronic Climate . Demisting and defrosting (D).
knob (C) to the blue area for
cooling.
Control System . Temperature (E).
. Heated rear window (G).
. Turn the air distribution knob (A)
to the desired position.
{ Warning . Air recirculation (H).
. Adjust the fan control knob (B) to Do not sleep in a vehicle with the AUTO : Automatic mode, all
the desired speed. air conditioning or heating system settings except temperature are
on. It may cause serious harm or chosen automatically by the
Maximum Cooling death due to a drop in oxygen system (F).
Briefly open the windows so that the content and/or body temperature. A / O : System ON/OFF (I).
hot air can disperse quickly.
Temperature
. Switch on air conditioning u (F).
Set temperature to the desired value
. Press button / (D) to by turning the knob (E).
activate air recirculation. Blue : Cold.
. Turn the air distribution knob (A) Red : Warm.
to position Y.
If the minimum temperature is set,
. Set temperature control knob (C) the climate control system runs at
to the coldest level. maximum cooling.
. Set fan speed knob (B) to the Heating
highest level.
. Turn the temperature control
. Open all the vents. knob (E) to the red area for
Controls for: heating.
Indication of Settings
. Fan speed (A). . Select the air distribution (C) to
The selected functions are indicated
. Air conditioning (B). the desired position.
by the LED of the activated button.
. Air distribution (C).
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Turn the fan control knob (A) to Demisting and Defrosting the
the desired speed. Windows { Warning
Maximum Heating . Press button 0 (D). The exchange of fresh air is
Use the maximum heating mode for reduced in air recirculation mode.
. Recirculation will switch to In operation without cooling, the
quick heating. fresh air. air humidity increases, so the
. Turn the temperature control . Air distribution and fresh air are windows may mist up. The quality
knob (E) all the way to the red set automatically. of the passenger compartment air
area for heating. deteriorates, which may cause
The air conditioning will be
. Turn the fan control knob (A) to automatically switched on. the vehicle occupants to feel
maximum speed. drowsy.
Switch on heated rear window
Air Distribution 1 (G).
Press the respective button for See Heated Rear Window 0 29.
Air conditioning
desired adjustment, the setting of air Activate or deactivate with the A/C
distribution is indicated on the Air Recirculation System (B) button. The air conditioning is
Info-Display. The air recirculation mode is only functional when the engine and
-: To windscreen and foot well. operated with the / (H) button. Climate Control System are running.
6: To foot well. When activated, external air inlet is The air conditioning system cools
closed and internal air is and dehumidifies (dries) when
E: To head area via adjustable air recirculated within the cabin. outside temperature is above a
vents. specific level. Therefore
To speed up the cool down and
): To head area via adjustable air reach the desired temperature condensation may form and drip
vents and foot well. faster, if not in the AUTO mode, the from under the vehicle.
air recirculation function is Even though the air conditioning is
Fan Speed recommended. turned on, the vehicle will produce
Adjust the air flow by turning the fan warm air if the temperature knob is
knob (A) to the desired speed. set in the red area.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If no cooling or drying is required, The preselected temperature is Air Vents

switch the cooling system off to automatically regulated. In the
save fuel. automatic mode, the fan speed and
air distribution automatically Adjustable Air Vents
Automatic Mode AUTO regulate the air flow. At least one air vent must be open
Basic setting for maximum comfort: The system can be manually while cooling is on in order to
. Press AUTO button, the air adapted by the use of air distribution prevent the evaporator from icing up
conditioning is activated and fan speed controls. due to lack of air movement.
automatically. Each change of settings is indicated
. Open all air vents. in the Info-Display.
. Set preselected temperature Activated functions are also
turning knob (E). indicated by the LED in the button in
some cases.
All air vents are actuated
automatically in automatic mode. The electronic climate control
The air vents should therefore system is only fully operational
always be open. when the engine is running.
The following functions can be Do not cover the sensor on the
adapted manually, however, the instrument panel for correct
system will no longer function in operation.
automatic mode.
Manual Settings Push the slat up to open and down
. Fan speed (A). to close the vent or to adjust the air
Climate control system settings can
. Air conditioning (B). amount.
be changed by activating the
. Air distribution (C). buttons and turning the rotary
knobs. Changing a setting can
. Demisting and defrosting (D). deactivate the automatic mode.
. Air recirculation (H). To return to automatic mode, press
. Power O (I). AUTO button (F).
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
{ Warning Maintenance
Do not attach any objects to the Air Intake
slats of the air vents. Risk of
damage and injury in case of an
accident.
Fixed Air Vents

Additional air vents are located
beneath the windscreen, door
windows and in the foot wells.
Direct the air flow by tilting and
swivelling the slats.
Outside air is drawn into the vehicle

through the opening between the
bonnet and the windscreen.
Keep the area clear of debris.
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter removes contaminants
such as pollen and dust from the air
entering the vehicle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Maintenance of the pollen filter is

required. Refer to the Service/
Warranty Booklet.

Operation
To ensure efficient performance,
switch the air conditioning system
on for a few minutes once a month,
even in winter.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Driving and Operating 181
Driving and Interruption of Power

Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Operating Manual Transmission Fuel
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 191 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Driving Information Drive Systems
Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 182 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Trailer Towing
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Brakes Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 218
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 184 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Antilock Brake Conversions and Add-Ons
Starting and Operating System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Add-On Electrical
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 184 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 197
Starting the Diesel Engine . . . . 185
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
Engine Exhaust System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Diesel Particulate Filter Descent Control
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 187 System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Automatic Transmission Cruise Control
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 189 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 189
Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Object Detection Systems
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Electronic Driving System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 208
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
182 Driving and Operating

. Ensure that there are no
Driving Information obstructions that could limit Warning (Continued)
brake pedal use.
Driving Environment It is recommended that if gas
. Continuous or heavy use of cylinders are frequently
Before entering the vehicle brakes will shorten the life of the transported that a purpose-built
Check that windows, mirrors and brake pads. carrying compartment be used.
lamps are clean. . See Antilock Brake System Ensure any transportation of gas
Visually check tyre inflation. Check (ABS) 0 196. cylinders complies with the
tyre pressures weekly. Loose Articles applicable regulations.
Before driving off Do not leave loose articles or
1. Close and secure all doors. luggage in the passenger Steering
compartment. Secure in the rear
2. Position the seat for load area. Electric Power Steering
comfortable driving.
The vehicle has electric power
3. Adjust rear view mirrors. { Warning steering. It does not have power
4. Fasten seat belts. steering fluid. Regular maintenance
Portable gas cylinders can leak, is not required.
5. Check that warning indicators creating a risk of fire or explosion.
illuminate when turning the If the assistance is lost due to a
ignition on. See Instrument As a precaution, ensure adequate system malfunction, the vehicle can
Panel Overview 0 61. ventilation when carrying gas be steered, but may require
cylinders. increased effort.
Brakes
They must be restrained from See your dealer if there is a
. Do not let the vehicle run down rolling around and where problem.
hills or coast with the engine off, possible, placed in the rear load
as the power assistance does compartment of the vehicle.
not operate.
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If the steering wheel is turned until it . Be aware of uncommon noises Note

reaches the end of its travel and is from the tyres and the engine. Regular off-road driving requires
held against that position for an . Always drive at a speed at which more frequent maintenance.
extended period of time, power you are able to maintain control
steering assist may be reduced. Water Crossing
of the vehicle.
If the power steering is used for an Before crossing water:
extended period of time, the Caution . Switch off the air-conditioning.
assistance may be reduced.
. Do not attempt to drive through
Normal use of the power steering When driving off-road, sudden
water more than 600 mm deep.
assist should return when the motion and manoeuvres can
system cools down. make you lose control of the . Never drive into fast-running
steering. This could cause a water. The force of the water can
See specific vehicle steering collision. Therefore, when driving easily move the vehicle
messages under Steering System sideways, possibly into deeper
on-road and off-road, you and
Messages 0 80. See your dealer if water.
your passengers should wear
there is a problem.
seat belts. . Drive very slowly through deep
water. Driving too fast may
Off-Road Driving cause water to enter the engine
After driving off-road:
Before driving off-road: and cause major damage.
. Remove any debris from under
. Check the fuel level. Fuel 0 212. . Immediately after driving through
the vehicle or bonnet. It may
. Check spare tyre pressure. See become a fire hazard. deep water, drive slowly and
Tyre Pressure 0 270. check the brake pedal force.
. After driving through mud or If the brakes are wet, press
. Check fluids levels. See Engine sand, clean and check the brake firmly several times to dry them
Compartment Overview 0 226. linings. out quickly.
While driving off-road: . Check the body frame, steering, . If the vehicle is stationary in
. Be alert to unexpected suspension, wheels, tyres, deep water for an extended time,
restrictions. exhaust system, fuel lines and water may have entered the
cooling system. engine, transmission,
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
differentials and wheel bearings. Starting and Ignition Positions

Contact a Holden Dealer as
soon as possible. Operating
Hill and Mountain Roads New Vehicle Break-In
If the vehicle is driven frequently Use the following precautions to
over hilly terrain, it must be improve performance:
maintained in good condition. The . Do not make full throttle starts.
fluids, tyres and brake pads must be
checked according to the . Avoid downshifting to brake or
maintenance schedule shown in the slow the vehicle.
Service/Warranty Booklet. . Avoid hard stops except in
On a downhill road, avoid emergencies. This will allow
unnecessary use of the brakes. The your brakes to bed in properly.
vehicle speed can be slowed by . Avoid hard stops except in
shifting down a gear. 0 : Ignition off (LOCK)
emergencies to avoid premature
When driving downhill, always keep wear and the need for early 1 : Ignition off (ACC), steering
the engine running and a gear replacement of brakes. wheel lock released
engaged. Do not drive with the . Avoid heavy acceleration and 2 : Ignition on (ON), for diesel
engine turned off or by shifting into prolonged high-speed driving to engine: preheating
neutral gear. avoid damage to the engine and 3 : Starting (START)
to conserve fuel.
. Do not tow any other vehicle.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
2. Turn the key to position 1 while Starting the Diesel

{ Danger moving the steering wheel
Engine
slightly to release the lock.
Do not leave the key in position 1 Observe the following precautions to
or 2 for extended periods while Manual transmission: Push the
clutch pedal to the floor and ensure maximum turbocharger
the engine is not running. This will service life.
discharge the battery. move the selector lever to the
neutral position. . After starting the engine, let it
Do not turn the key to position 0 idle for approximately 1 to
while driving. Driver could lose Automatic transmission: Move
the selector lever to P or N. 2 minutes (avoid acceleration or
control of vehicle and brake driving the vehicle).
power assistance would be Do not accelerate.
. Do not stop the engine
cancelled, causing vehicle 3. Turn the ignition key to position immediately after high-load
damage and risks of accident. 2 until K extinguishes. driving (such as high-speed
driving or driving up steep
4. Turn the key to position 3 and
Starting the Engine gradients). Let the engine idle
release when the engine is
for approximately 1 to 2 minutes
running.
to cool it down.
Retained Accessory . After changing the engine oil
Power (RAP) and oil filter, start the engine and
The power outlets may be used let it idle for about 1 to 2 minutes
after the engine is turned off. (avoid acceleration or driving the
vehicle).
Note
. Operate the engine above idle
The power outlets will continue to
operate for up to 10 minutes or until speed only after normal engine
a door is opened. oil pressure has been
established. Forcing the
See Power Outlets 0 65. turbocharger to operate before
1. Apply the park brake.

2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
the bearings are adequately 2. Automatic transmission: Select

lubricated creates unnecessary position P. { Warning
friction. Manual transmission: If facing To avoid the possibility of injury,
. Use only the specified engine oil uphill or on flat ground, select always apply the parking brake
and observe the inspection and 1st gear. If facing downhill, firmly before exiting the vehicle.
replacement intervals. select reverse gear.
Be careful where you park or
. At low outside temperatures or On an uphill gradient turn the drive. As with any vehicle, do not
when the vehicle has not been front wheels away from park or operate this vehicle in
used for a long period, normal the kerb.
areas where combustible
engine oil pressure and flow is On a downhill gradient turn the materials such as dry grass or
affected. front wheels towards the kerb. leaves can come in contact with
. Under these conditions, the the hot exhaust system.
3. Shut all windows.
engine should be started and
allowed to idle for a few minutes 4. Turn the ignition off to lock the Never leave the engine running in
before operating at higher rpms. steering wheel. an area such as a closed garage
or underground car park.
5. Remove the key.
Parking
6. Press Q on the key to lock all
1. Apply the parking brake firmly doors. See Keys 0 17.
without engaging the release
button.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Engine Exhaust Diesel Particulate This allows deposited soot to be

oxidised or burnt off and converted
Filter to carbon dioxide (CO2).
{ Danger The vehicle has a Diesel Particulate This process usually takes between
Engine exhaust gases contain Filter (DPF) as part of the exhaust 10 and 15 minutes but may take up
poisonous carbon monoxide, system to reduce vehicle emissions. to 30 minutes depending on driving
which is colourless and odourless conditions.
The diesel particulate filter system
and could be fatal if inhaled. collects particulates from the Increased engine speed at idle and
If exhaust gases enter the interior exhaust gases to minimise emissions of odours and smoke are
of the vehicle, open the windows. discharge of soot to the considered to be normal conditions
atmosphere. during the self cleaning process.
Have the cause of the fault
Fuel consumption may also be
repaired by a Holden Dealer. To prevent clogging of the filter, the
higher during this period.
soot particles are burnt off at regular
intervals through a self cleaning Under certain driving conditions,
process where additional fuel is such as stop-start traffic, the filter
injected into the engine cylinders to cannot clean itself. A message is
increase the particulate filter displayed when the DPF is dirty and
temperature to approximately needs to perform a self cleaning.
600°C. See Diesel Particulate Filter
Messages 0 78.
Several factors including fuel
consumed, hours of engine For the filter to clean itself, the
operation, and distance travelled are vehicle must be continuously driven
monitored by the Engine Control until the message extinguishes. This
Module (ECM). The self-cleaning can take up to 30 minutes.
occurs approximately once per tank The message extinguishes as soon
of fuel. as the self-cleaning operation is
complete. Turning the engine off
while the message is displayed will
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
prevent the cleaning process from

completing. This will result in Caution Caution
increased fuel consumption and a
reduction in engine oil life. Permanent damage can occur to Extended idle should be avoided
the DPF or related components if as the DPF system will not self
You will also notice a change in the the required Ultra Low Sulfur clean. During extended idle
exhaust sound and engine idle Diesel (15 ppm sulfur maximum) operation, monitor the DIC for
speed. This is normal. or the recommended engine oil is messages and take appropriate
If you continue to drive with the DPF not used. This damage would not action. Continued idling with the
warning message displayed and the be covered by the vehicle warning message displayed may
exhaust filter is not cleaned as warranty. cause irreversible damage to
required, the SVS (Service Vehicle the DPF.
Soon) message will be displayed,
since the self-cleaning process is
not feasible and a dealer service is { Warning
necessary.
During DPF self cleaning or
If the diesel particulate filter is not during extended idling, the
cleaned soon, the MIL (Malfunction exhaust system and exhaust
Indicator Lamp) will illuminate, an gases are very hot. Combustible
'Engine Power is Reduced'
material could contact hot
message will be displayed and a
exhaust components under the
dealer service will be necessary.
See Diesel Particulate Filter vehicle and ignite. You or others
Messages 0 78, Vehicle Messages could be burnt. Do not park or idle
0 76, Engine Power Messages 0 78, for an extended period of time
Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 70. near or over paper, leaves, dry
grass, or other combustible
materials. Keep the exhaust area
clear of material that could ignite
or burn.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Automatic Shift Lever Note

. The selector lever is locked in
Transmission position P. To move, switch the
The automatic transmission permits ignition on, apply the brake
manual gear shifting (manual mode) pedal and push the release
or automatic gear shifting (automatic button.
mode) of the gears. . To engage P or R, push the
release button.
Transmission Display . To start the engine, press the
brake pedal while in either P
or N.
. Do not accelerate while
engaging a gear.
P: (park) In park position, the . Never press the accelerator
wheels are locked. Select P only pedal and brake pedal at the
when the vehicle is stationary and same time.
the parking brake is applied. . When a gear is engaged, the
R: (reverse) Place in reverse only vehicle slowly begins to creep
when the vehicle is stationary. when the brake is released.
N: (neutral) Engine Braking
The mode or selected gear is shown D: (drive) Used for general driving. For engine braking, select a lower
in the central display of the Allows the transmission to be gear when driving downhill.
instrument panel. shifted into any of the six forward
gears.
+-: (manual) See Manual
Mode 0 190.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Manual Mode No automatic shifting to a higher

{ Warning gear takes place at high engine
speed.
Do not shift down by two or more
gear positions at one time.
Electronic Driving
Programs
Grade Braking
Kickdown
Grade braking assists in maintaining
desired vehicle speeds when driving If the accelerator pedal is pressed to
on downhill gradients by using the the floor while in automatic mode,
engine and transmission to slow the the transmission shifts to a lower
vehicle. gear, depending on the engine
speed.
The first time the feature activates
for each ignition cycle, a DIC
message will be displayed. See Move the selector lever out of Fault
Transmission Messages 0 81. position D towards the left and then
forwards or backwards as desired. In the event of a fault, *
Parking illuminates. The transmission no
+ : Upshift longer shifts automatically or
1. Press the brake pedal. manually because it is locked in a
- : Downshift
2. Select position P. certain gear.
If a higher gear is selected when the
3. Apply the parking brake firmly vehicle speed is too low or a lower Contact a Holden Dealer.
without engaging the release gear when vehicle speed is too
button. high, the shift is not executed. Interruption of Power
4. Remove the ignition key. If the engine speed is too low, the Supply
Note transmission automatically shifts to If the power supply is interrupted,
The ignition key can only be a lower gear. the selector lever cannot be moved
removed when the selector lever is out of position P and the ignition key
in position P. cannot be removed.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
If the battery is discharged, start the Manual Transmission

vehicle using jump leads. See Jump
Starting 0 255.
If the battery is not the cause of the
fault, release the selector lever and
remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch/lock.
Release Selector Lever
To shift out of P:
1. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Insert a screwdriver into the
slot until the selector lever is
unlocked. . To engage reverse gear, press
4. Move the selector lever to the selector lever and move
position N. towards the right side and
rearwards.
5. Remove the screwdriver.
. Do not engage reverse gear
6. Close the cover. while the vehicle is moving.
7. Have the vehicle repaired by a . If the gear does not engage,
Holden Dealer as soon as move the selector lever to
possible. neutral, release the clutch pedal,
press the clutch pedal again
2. Open the cover. then repeat gear selection.
Note
Use a small screwdriver to prise the
cover off at both ends.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Ensure the clutch pedal is low adherence, dirt roads, grass,
pushed all the way to the floor.
Drive Systems pasture, mud, sand, whenever
. additional traction is required.
Do not use the pedal as a Four-Wheel Drive
foot rest. The transfer case shift control
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, switch is located to the side of the
you can send the engine driving parking brake handle on the console
Caution power to all four wheels for extra between the front seats.
Do not drive with your hand traction.
Indicator lights on the shift control
resting on the selector lever. To get the best performance out of switch indicate which setting you
four-wheel drive, you must be are in. The indicator lights will come
familiar with its operation. You on briefly when you turn on the
should use two-wheel drive high for ignition and the selected setting will
most normal driving conditions. remain on. If the lights do not come
Note on, you should take the vehicle in
Driving on clean, dry pavement in for service. An indicator light will
four- wheel drive for an extended flash while shifting. It will stay on
period of time can cause premature when the shift is completed. If the
wear on the vehicle drivetrain. transfer case does not shift, it will
return to the last chosen setting.
Note
Do not engage four-wheel drive if When the ignition key is in the
wheels of different sizes are fitted position 2, the transfer case shift
as damage to the vehicle can result. control module monitors the transfer
The repair would not be covered by case shift control switch to
the warranty. determine if the driver desires a new
setting. At a turn of the transfer case
Note shift control switch, the lamp of the
An incorrect usage of the four-wheel new desired setting will begin to
drive may damage the system. Use flash to inform the driver that the
four-wheel drive only on tracks with transfer case shift control module
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
has received the request for a new N (Neutral) : Shift the vehicle You might choose four-wheel low if
setting. The lamp continues to flash transfer case to N (Neutral) only you were driving off-road in sand,
until all shifting criteria has been when towing the vehicle. mud, or deep snow and while
met and the new setting has been climbing or descending steep hills.
reached or has been engaged.
Once the new setting is fully active,
{ Warning Shifting into four‐wheel low will turn
off engine traction control and
the switch indicator lamp for the Shifting the transfer case to stability control, see Traction Control
new setting will remain on N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle System (TCS) 0 198.
constantly. to roll even if the transmission is Note
in P (Park). You or someone else
Continuous driving on 4m or 4n on
could be seriously injured. Be
high adherence tracks (dry
sure to set the parking brake
compacted dirt or paved roads),
before placing the transfer case in
mainly on turns or sudden
N (Neutral). See Parking 0 186 manoeuvres, is not recommended,
as it will cause premature wear of
4m (Four-Wheel High) : This drivetrain components as well
setting engages the front axle to increasing fuel consumption. It is
help drive the vehicle. Use always recommended to disable 4m
four-wheel high when you need or 4n after its intended usage.
extra traction, such as on snowy or
icy roads, or in most off road Shifting from Two-Wheel High
Rotate the shift control switch to situations. to Four-Wheel High (2m to 4m)
shift into and out of four-wheel drive. 4n (Four-Wheel Low) : This setting Rotate the shift control switch from
You can choose from the following: also engages the front axle to give two-wheel high 2 m to the four-wheel
2m (Two-Wheel High) : This setting you extra traction. It sends the high 4 m setting. This can be done at
is for driving in most street and maximum power to all four wheels.
any speed below 120 km/h.
highway situations. The front axle is
not engaged in two-wheel drive.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Shifting from Four-Wheel High shifting the transmission into gear or stop flashing and stay on before
to Two-Wheel High (4m to 2m) releasing the clutch pedal. shifting the transmission into gear or
If four-wheel low setting is selected releasing the clutch pedal.
Rotate the shift control switch to the when the vehicle is in gear and/or If two-wheel high or four-wheel high
two-wheel high 2 m position. This moving faster than 5 km/h, the setting is selected when the vehicle
can be done at any speed. It is four-wheel low indicator light will is in gear and/or moving faster than
normal to hear and feel the vehicle flash for 30 seconds but will not 5 km/h, the two-wheel high or
transfer case shift out of four-wheel complete the shift and the light will four-wheel high indicator light will
high 4 m. go back to the original setting. flash for 30 seconds but will not
complete the shift and the light will
Shifting from Two-Wheel High Shifting from Four-Wheel Low go back to the original setting.
or Four-Wheel High to Four- to Two-Wheel High or
Four-Wheel High (4n to 2m or 4m) Shifting to Neutral (2m, 4m or 4n
Wheel Low (2m or 4m to 4n to Neutral)
To shift from Two-Wheel High 2 m or To shift from four-wheel low 4 n to
Use N (Neutral) when you plan to
four-wheel high 4 m to four-wheel two-wheel high 2 m or four-wheel tow the vehicle. See Towing the
low 4 n, the vehicle must be stopped high 4 m, the vehicle must be Vehicle 0 258 for towing
stopped or moving less than 5 km/h instructions. The vehicle must be
or moving less than 5 km/h with the stopped. To shift the transfer case
transmission in N (Neutral) for an with the transmission in N (Neutral)
for an automatic transmission or the into N (Neutral) with the key on
automatic transmission or the clutch position ON, do the following:
pedal pressed for a manual clutch pedal pressed for a manual
transmission. The preferred method transmission. The preferred method 1. Set the parking brake.
for shifting into four-wheel low 4 n is for shifting out of four-wheel low 4 n
2. Start the vehicle.
to have your vehicle moving 1.6 to is to have your vehicle moving 1.6
to 3.2 km/h. Rotate the shift control 3. Press the brake pedal and shift
3.2 km/h. Rotate the shift control the transmission in N (Neutral),
switch to the four-wheel low 4 n switch to the two-wheel high 2 m or
or press the clutch for vehicles
setting. You must wait for the four-wheel high 4 m position. You with a manual transmission.
four-wheel low 4n indicator light to must wait for the two-wheel high or
stop flashing and stay on before four-wheel high indicator light to
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
4. Shift the transfer case to shift the transmission to D Shifting Out of Neutral
two-wheel high 2 m. (Drive) for 1 second, or 1 (First)
After towing the vehicle, you will
for vehicles with manual
5. Rotate the shift control switch have to shift out of N (Neutral) in
transmissions and let out the
clockwise past four-wheel low order to drive. To shift out of N
clutch to insure the transfer
4 n to N (Neutral). Hold the (Neutral), do the following:
case is in N (Neutral). If the
switch in the N (Neutral) setting transfer case is not in N 1. Apply the parking brake.
for at least 20 seconds or wait (Neutral), repeat this procedure 2. Start the vehicle or keep the
until the red Neutral indicator starting at Step 3. engine off and turn the key to
light stops flashing and stays 7. Turn the engine off by turning the ON (2) position.
on. The N (Neutral) red the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
indicator light will come on 3. Apply the brake pedal and shift
when the transfer case shift to 8. Place the transmission selector the transmission to N (Neutral)
N (Neutral) is complete. lever in P (Park), or 1 (First) for position or, for vehicles with a
vehicles that have a manual manual transmission press the
Note transmission. clutch pedal.
Upon releasing the shift control
switch from NEUTRAL (N) setting, 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 4. Rotate the transfer case shift
the switch will rotate to the control switch from the
This N (Neutral) setting is a
four-wheel low (4 n) setting. The four-wheel drive neutral, meaning four-wheel low 4 n setting to the
transfer case will remain in the front and rear outputs of the desired setting.
NEUTRAL with RED NEUTRAL (N) transfer case are disengaged. With
indicator light illuminated until a new a disengaged transfer, there is no
setting is selected. power flow the either axle, thus
allowing towing without the driveline
6. Press and hold the brake pedal binding.
and shift the transmission to R
(Reverse) for 1 second, then
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Brakes Antilock Brake Operation
The brake system comprises two System (ABS) ABS operation is noticeable by
pulsing of the brake pedal and the
independent brake circuits. ABS: noise of the regulation process.
If one brake circuit fails, the vehicle . Continuously monitors the
The initial self-check may also be
can still brake using the other brake vehicle's braking system, audible.
circuit. However, the braking effect preventing the wheels from
is achieved only when the brake locking. Keep the brake pedal fully pressed
pedal is pressed firmly. throughout the braking process,
. Allows maximum braking effort
Considerably more force is needed without pumping it. Pumping the
while full steering control is brake pedal can reduce brake
for this. The braking distance is
retained, even in the event of efficiency.
extended. Contact a Holden Dealer.
panic braking.
When the engine is not running, If the vehicle is travelling above
50 km/h and ABS braking occurs,
such as when the vehicle is being
towed and the brake pedal has
{ Warning the centrally mounted rear high-level
been depressed once or twice, Do not let this special safety brake lamp will flash.
braking requires greater force. feature tempt you into taking risks
when driving. Traffic safety can { Warning
Caution only be achieved by adopting a
responsible driving style. You When the ignition is turned on,
Do not drive with your foot resting should always adjust the vehicle's the ! warning light briefly
on the brake pedal. This will speed to suit road and traffic illuminates. The self-check of the
accelerate wear of the brake conditions. Always maintain an ABS may be audible.
components and cause the adequate distance to the vehicle (Continued)
brakes to become overheated. in front of you.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Warning (Continued)
Releasing the parking brake: Brake Assist
1. Pull the lever slightly upwards. If the brake pedal is pressed quickly
If the ! warning light (ABS off) 2. Press the release button and and forcefully, maximum brake force
on the instrument panel display lower the lever all the is automatically applied (full
does not extinguish, or illuminates way down. braking).
when driving, a malfunction has To reduce the operating forces of Maintain steady pressure on the
occurred. the parking brake, press the foot brake pedal for as long as full
Note: The vehicle's brake system brake at the same time. braking is required. Maximum brake
force is automatically reduced when
remains operational, but without
ABS assistance. Have a Holden { Warning the brake pedal is released.
Dealer check the system as soon
as possible. Never drive the vehicle with the Hill Start Assist (HSA)
parking brake applied. The HSA system assists in
preventing rollback when driving off,
See Brake and Clutch System
See Brake and Clutch System while on an incline.
Warning Light 0 70.
Warning Light 0 70. 1. Release the brake pedal.
Parking Brake 2. Press the accelerator pedal.
Applying the parking brake: The brakes remain on for
1. Apply the parking brake firmly approximately 2 seconds.
without engaging the release
button and apply as firmly as
possible when on an uphill or
downhill gradient.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Ride Control Systems . Deactivate by pressing g for

Warning (Continued)
approximately 2 seconds.
Traction Control vehicle's speed should always be Traction Control Off is displayed
System (TCS) adjusted to suit road and traffic on the DIC.
conditions. Always maintain an
TCS improves driving stability when adequate distance to the vehicle
. TCS is reactivated by pressingg
necessary, regardless of the type of in front of you. again, for approximately
road surface or tyre grip, by 2 seconds.
preventing the driving wheels from Traction Control On is displayed
spinning. Operation
on the DIC.
As soon as the driving wheels start The g switch is located in front of
to spin, engine output is reduced the selector lever.
. When active d flashes.
and the wheels are braked . TCS is also reactivated the next
individually. This considerably time the ignition is turned on.
improves the driving stability of the
. See Ride Control System
vehicle on slippery road surfaces.
Messages 0 79.
When four-wheel drive is active,
TCS is operational on the rear Electronic Stability
wheels only.
Control (ESC)
{ Warning ESC:
. Improves driving stability in any
Do not let this special safety driving situation.
feature tempt you into taking risks
when driving. Traffic safety can . Assists in maintaining vehicle
only be achieved by adopting a In certain circumstances, it may be stability when the vehicle's grip
responsible driving style. The helpful to deactivate the TCS. level is exceeded such as a
sudden lane change, slippery or
(Continued) unexpected road conditions.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Alters engine power and/or . See Ride Control System
braking on specific wheels, Messages 0 79.
improving the vehicle's steering
control and power delivery, on Descent Control
wet or slippery roads,
particularly on snow and ice.
System (DCS)
. The DCS allows the vehicle to
{ Warning travel on a steep decline at
speeds between approximately
Do not let this special safety 7 km/h and 30 km/h (manual
feature tempt you into taking risks transmission) or 4 km/h and
when driving. Adapt speed to the 30 km/h (automatic
road conditions. transmission) without pressing
In certain circumstances, it may be the brake pedal.
helpful to deactivate ESC.
Operation . When the system is activated
. Deactivate by pressing g for and while the vehicle is moving
The g switch is located in front of approximately 7 seconds. at speeds between
the selector lever. approximately 7 km/h and
g illuminates and ESC Off is 30 km/h (manual transmission)
displayed on the DIC. or 4 km/h and 30 km/h
. ESC is reactivated by (automatic transmission), it will
pressing g again for maintain the desired descent
approximately 2 seconds. speed when the vehicle is on a
steep slope.
Both TCS and ESC are
. The desired descent speed
reactivated and g extinguishes. within the active range can be
. When active d illuminates. varied by using the accelerator
or brake pedals to set the speed.
. ESC is also reactivated the next
time the ignition is turned on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Noise or vibration from the brake While travelling at speeds below When the vehicle speed drops
system may be noticeable when 50 km/h: below approximately 30 km/h, 5
the system is in operation. illuminates and DCS is
. Press 5.
activated.
Caution 5 illuminates green on the . When in standby mode and the
instrument panel. vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h,
Use only when descending steep
gradients while driving off-road. During operation, 5 flashes. DCS deactivates.
Do not use when driving on . The message Reduce Speed for
Note
normal road surfaces. Hill Descent Control may display
. Pressing the accelerator or
Unnecessary usage of the DCS, when DCS is activated and
brake pedals while DCS is vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h.
such as while driving on normal activated, will adjust the desired
roads, may damage the brake descent speed. Deactivation
system and the ESC function.
If pressed, DCS operation will While travelling at speeds below
stop until the accelerator or 50 km/h:
Activation brake pedals are released.
. Press 5
5 stops flashing.
5 extinguishes.
. If the DCS is activated and the
vehicle speed exceeds
30 km/h, 5 extinguishes and the
system remains in
standby mode.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
System Protection .
Cruise Control For safety reasons, cruise
control cannot be activated until
When operated continuously for The vehicle may have cruise the foot brake has been
prolonged periods of time, control. operated once.
temperatures may increase within
the brake system:
. DCS may enter a protection
{ Warning
mode, gradually releasing the Do not use the cruise control
brakes, and temporarily when road or driving conditions
disabling DCS. require varying speeds.
. 5 will extinguish. A consistent speed isn't practical
in heavy, varying traffic or on
. Traction Control Off may display winding, slippery or rough roads.
on the DIC.
The cruise control does not apply
. All other braking functions will the vehicle's brakes. Therefore
continue to operate normally. the vehicle may gain speed when
. Once the brakes are at normal going down steep hills.
The cruise control:
temperatures, press 5 at When climbing steep hills, the
speeds below 50 km/h to . Maintains the vehicle's speed
vehicle may lose speed. You may
reactivate the DCS. without pressure on the
accelerator pedal. need to switch off cruise control
and use the accelerator pedal.
. Will only operate at speeds
above approximately 20 km/h.
Setting Cruise Control
. Controls are located on the
steering wheel. 1. Press ON OFF.
I illuminates white.
2. Accelerate to the desired
speed (above 20 km/h).
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
3. Push the switch down to SET/-. Decreasing Set Speed Resume Stored Speed
I illuminates green. 1. Push the switch down to SET/- When the cruise control is on and
and hold it or briefly push to speed is above 20 km/h:
4. Take your foot off the SET/- repeatedly.
accelerator pedal. . Push the lever up to RES/+.
The vehicle will decelerate. The most recently set speed will
Increasing Set Speed
2. Release the switch at the automatically resume.
. Push the switch up to RES/+ desired speed.
and hold it or briefly push to I illuminates green.
RES/+ repeatedly. Deactivation
Switching Off
The vehicle will accelerate. . Press CANCEL.
. Press ON OFF.
. Alternatively accelerate to the I illuminates white.
desired speed and store by I extinguishes.
Alternatively, do one of the
pushing the switch down to The stored speed is deleted.
following:
SET/-.
. Reduce vehicle speed below Note
Note Switching the ignition off also
approximately 20 km/h.
Vehicle speed can be increased by deletes the stored speed.
depressing the accelerator pedal. . Press the brake pedal.
When the accelerator pedal is . Press the clutch pedal for more
released, the previously stored than a few seconds (manual
speed is resumed. transmission).
Note . The TCS or the ESC operates.
The cruise control will remain
activated while shifting gears with
manual transmission.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Object Detection Warning (Continued)

Note
Vehicles may not be detected on
Systems warning with enough time to help
curves, highway exit ramps, or hills,
due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle
avoid a crash. It also may not
Forward Collision Alert provide any warning at all. FCA
ahead is partially blocked by
(FCA) System pedestrians or other objects. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians, will not detect another vehicle
If equipped, the FCA system may animals, signs, guardrails, ahead until it is completely in the
help to avoid or reduce the harm bridges, construction barrels, driving lane.
caused by front-end crashes. When or other objects. Be ready to take
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
action and apply the brakes.
{ Warning
alert and rapidly beeps. FCA also FCA can be disabled with the FCA FCA does not provide a warning
lights a yellow visual alert if steering wheel control. to help avoid a crash, unless it
following another vehicle much too detects a vehicle. FCA may not
closely. Detecting the Vehicle Ahead detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
FCA detects vehicles within a sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
distance of approximately 60 m and or ice, or if the windscreen is
operates at speeds above 40 km/h. damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
{ Warning or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
FCA is a warning system and or snow, or if the headlamps or
does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless windscreen are not cleaned or in
approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle proper condition. Keep the
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected, windscreen, headlamps, and FCA
or when following a vehicle too the vehicle ahead indicator will
sensors clean and in good repair.
closely, FCA may not provide a display green.
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
When your vehicle approaches Tailgating Alert

{ Warning another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash and
Poor illumination conditions will sound several high-pitched beeps
prejudice the camera from the front. When this Collision
identification of vehicles ahead. Alert occurs, the brake system may
Motorcycles may not be detected prepare for driver braking to occur
by the camera when its is dark more rapidly which can cause a
enough outside. brief, mild deceleration. Continue to The yellow Collision Alert display
apply the brake pedal as needed. will stay continuously illuminated
Cruise control may be disengaged when following a detected vehicle
Collision Alert when the Collision Alert occurs. ahead much too closely.
Cluster Alert
Press [ on the steering wheel to Selecting the Alert Timing
adjust the alert sensitivity. Each
press cycles the alert sensitivity
through three settings: Far, Medium,
Near or Off.
When pressed, the current alert
sensitivity setting displays briefly on
Reflected LED Alert the instrument cluster. The alert
sensitivity setting will be maintained
until it is changed.
Note
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the
following alert sensitivity. The range
of selectable alert sensitivity may The Collision Alert control is on the
not be appropriate for all drivers and steering wheel. Press [ to set the
driving conditions. FCA timing to far, medium, near,
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
or off. The first button press shows Cleaning the System

the current control setting on the
If the FCA system does not seem to
DIC. Additional button presses will
operate properly, cleaning the
change this setting. The chosen
outside of the windshield in front of
setting will remain until it is changed
the rearview mirror may correct the
and will affect both the Collision
issue.
Alert and the Tailgating Alert
features. The timing of both alerts
will vary based on vehicle speed. Parking Assist
The faster the vehicle speed, the
farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
{ Warning
drivers and driving conditions. The parking assist makes parking
easier by measuring the distance
Unnecessary Alerts between the vehicle and the
FCA may provide unnecessary obstacles and giving acoustic
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles signals. It is the driver, however,
in other lanes, objects that are not who bears full responsibility for
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts the parking manoeuver.
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
With Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
and if equipped with Front Parking
Assist (FPA), as the vehicle moves
at speeds of less than 11 km/h the
sensors on the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.3 m behind and
1.0 m in front of the vehicle within a
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
zone 25 cm high off the ground and location information for the Parking
below bumper level. These Assist system. As the object gets Warning (Continued)
detection distances may be shorter closer, more bars light up.
during warmer or humid weather. always check the area around the
For vehicles with rear vision vehicle and check all mirrors
Blocked sensors will not detect camera, the information display will
objects and can also cause false before moving forward or backing.
detections. Keep the sensors clean show the symbol {. As the object
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; gets closer, the symbol will get
Note
and clean sensors after a car wash bigger and its color changes from
yellow to red. Attached parts in the detection area
in freezing temperatures. Beeps for cause system malfunction.
FPA are higher pitched than The system consists of four
for RPA. ultrasonic parking sensors in the
rear bumper and four ultrasonic
{ Warning
parking sensors in the front bumper Under certain circumstances,
(if equipped). various reflective surfaces on
objects or clothing as well as
{ Warning external noise sources may cause
the system to fail to detect
The Parking Assist system does obstacles.
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the Caution
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 11 km/h. To Sensitivity of the sensor could be
The instrument cluster may have a prevent injury, death, or vehicle reduced caused by external
parking assist display with bars that damage, even with parking assist, influences, e.g. layers on the
show “distance to object” and object (Continued) (Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Deactivation
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
The system is deactivated
sensor surface (ice, snow, mud, Object identification in the upper automatically when:
soiling, multiple varnishing/ part of the vehicle can not be . The vehicle is driven above
painting, etc.). guaranteed. 11 km/h — front and rear parking
The sensor could detect a assist is deactivated.
non-existing object (echo Activation . The reverse gear is disengaged
disturbance) caused by either When reverse gear is engaged, the — rear parking assist is
external acoustical disturbances, front and rear systems are activated deactivated.
such as another park assist automatically. . A fault in the system occurs.
system, or external mechanic
disturbances such as a car wash, An obstacle is indicated by acoustic Note
rain, extreme wind conditions, warnings. The interval between the The front parking assist will
hail, etc. warnings becomes shorter as the automatically reactivate until vehicle
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. speed exceeds 25 km/h.
Performance of the parking assist When the distance is less than
system could be reduced due to 30 cm, the acoustic warning sounds The system can be manually turned
the change of the sensor position continuously. off by pressing the X button of the
by external changes to the instrument panel while Parking
Note
vehicle, e.g. lowering of the shock Assist is on.
The acoustic warning ceases if the
absorber over lifetime due to: vehicle remains stationary for Pressing the X button while
temperature changes, changing 3 seconds or more (except in Parking Assist is off will allow the
of tyres, loading of the vehicle, continuous sound) system to turn on when activation
lowering/tuning of the vehicle etc. parameters are met.
Particular conditions apply for
high vehicles (e.g. off-road
vehicles, mini vans, transporters).
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Fault the vehicle gets closer to an Turn off parking assist when towing
object: Seek the assistance a trailer.
To test a possible fault:
of a Holden dealer.
1. Park the vehicle on an area . If two acoustic signals are Rear Vision
with no obstacles in a range of
2 meters of the rear bumper.
given: Camera (RVC)
Seek the assistance of a The vehicle may have a RVC.
2. Apply the parking brake firmly.
Holden dealer.
3. Turn the ignition key to ON.
Turning the Features On or Off { Warning
4. Engage reverse.
Never rely solely on the rear
5. When the reverse gear is vision camera when reversing the
engaged:
vehicle.
. If there is no acoustic
signal: Check the power There is a blind spot that can not
supply of the kit module, by be sensed by the rear vision
verifying that the reverse camera.
lights are working. The rear vision camera is not
. If just one acoustic signal is intended to replace the driver's
given followed shortly after judgement or attention to the rear
by an almost continuous of the vehicle when reversing.
acoustic signal, it indicates Before entering the vehicle,
a fault sign: Seek the always check that the area
assistance of a Holden The X button of the instrument
around the vehicle is clear of
dealer. panel is used to turn on or off the
obstacles and people.
. If one acoustic signal is Front and Rear Parking Assist. The
indicator LED next to the button (Continued)
given followed by separate
comes on when the features are on
acoustic signals like when
and turns off when the features
have been disabled.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Camera Location Note

Warning (Continued) . The distance of objects seen on
the screen differs from the actual
Always perform head checks and
distance.
use the vehicle's mirrors when
reversing. . The area displayed on the
screen may vary according to
If the vehicle sustains any vehicle orientation or road
damage in the area of the rear conditions.
vision camera, the camera may
become misaligned. Contact a . Objects of different heights will
Holden Dealer. appear to be different distances
from the vehicle.
Always keep the camera lens free
. The display brightness
from dirt, snow or ice. Only use
automatically adjusts to suit
mild soap and water with a soft The camera is located on the rear ambient lighting conditions.
cloth to clean the lens. tailgate. . Guidelines to assist reversing
The RVC cannot display objects: can be displayed. See
. Close to the corners of the "Infotainment System" for more
bumper information.
. Forward of the camera Operating the RVC
. Higher than the camera To activate:
RVC Display 1. Turn the ignition key to ON.
The camera image appears on the 2. Select reverse gear.
infotainment system display when The camera and display
reverse gear is selected. automatically activates.
The area directly behind the vehicle
is displayed in real time.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Note Lane Departure

When the selector lever is moved to Warning (LDW)
{ Warning
another position, the RVC
The LDW system does not steer
deactivates.
the vehicle. The LDW system
Cleaning may not:
The lens requires regular cleaning . Provide enough time to
to ensure optimum performance. avoid a crash.
Use only a soft cloth, mild soap and . Detect lane markings under
water. poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
{ Warning the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
Do not use abrasive cleaners or dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
scouring pads as they could not in proper condition; or if
scratch the lens, impairing the the sun shines directly into
If equipped, LDW may help avoid the camera.
systems performance. crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide an alert if . Detect road edges.
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect lanes on winding or
without using a turn signal in that hilly roads.
direction. LDW uses a camera to
detect the lane markings at speeds If LDW only detects lane
of 60 km/h or greater. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
When LDW is on, @ is green if LDW alerts may occur due to tar
Warning (Continued) marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a temporary or construction lane
maintain proper vehicle position markings, or other road
within the lane, or vehicle detected lane marking without using
imperfections. This is normal system
damage, injury, or death could the turn signal in that direction, @
operation; the vehicle does not need
occur. Always keep the changes to yellow and flashes. service. Turn LDW off if these
windshield, headlamps, and Additionally, there will be three conditions continue.
camera sensors clean and in beeps on the right or left, depending
good repair. Do not use LDW in on the lane departure direction. Intelligent Alert Suppression
bad weather conditions. When the System Does Not The system alerts may be
Seem To Work Properly suppressed in the following
How the System Works conditions:
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are: . Braking (obstacle avoidance).
The LDW camera is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview . Close vehicles ahead. . Acceleration (passing another
mirror. vehicle).
. Sudden lighting changes, such
To turn LDW on and off, press as when driving through tunnels. . Constant curves with great
the @ button on the instrument steering wheel interaction
. Banked roads. (driving downhill).
panel. The button indicator
illuminates when LDW is on. If the LDW system is not functioning . Turn signal activated.
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Fuel Danger (Continued) { Danger

{ Danger . Whenever the exhaust
system, underbody or rear
Always switch off the engine and
any mobile phones when
EXHAUST WARNING – of the vehicle is damaged. refuelling.
CARBON MONOXIDE Take the vehicle to a Holden Do not smoke or allow open
POISONING Dealer if you think the vehicle flames or sparks near the vehicle
Exhaust gases can contain needs inspecting for any of the when refuelling.
carbon monoxide, a dangerous above reasons.
If fuel fumes are detected while
gas, which can cause Do not sit (or leave children or driving, the cause should be
unconsciousness and even death pets) in a parked vehicle for any identified and corrected without
to both humans and animals. extended period of time with the delay by a Holden Dealer.
Gases could be inhaled if the engine running. Turn the fan on
Static electricity can ignite fuel
exhaust system on your vehicle is using any setting that brings
vapour. Only use pumps, hoses
faulty. outside air into the vehicle. Do not
and containers that are properly
run the engine in an enclosed
To protect against exhaust gases grounded when filling up with fuel.
area (such as the garage) any
entering the vehicle, the exhaust
longer than is needed to move To avoid injury to you and to
system and body should be
the vehicle. others, read and follow all
inspected:
instructions at the petrol
. Each time the vehicle is station pump.
serviced.
. Whenever a change is
noticed in the sound of the
exhaust system.
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Do not use marine diesel oils or

{ Warning heating oils. Caution (Continued)
USE OF FUEL CONTAINING The flow and filterability of diesel Damage attributable to the use of
ETHANOL fuel are temperature-dependent. non-certified biodiesel is not
When temperatures are low, use covered by your New Vehicle
Under no circumstances should diesel fuel with guaranteed winter
you use diesel fuel containing Voluntary Warranty. In no event
properties. will GM Holden be responsible or
ethanol.
bear any liability for any damage
Use of such fuels may result in Caution or loss that may arise in
engine malfunction, starting and connection with the use of any
operating difficulties and materials Use only biodiesel blends
fuel that does not meet this
degradation. containing up to a maximum of
specification.
5 % FAME that meets Euro
These adverse effects could standard EN590.
result in permanent damage to Filling the Tank
your vehicle and personal injury. Purchasing fuel from a reputable
fuel retailer may reduce the risk of Always fill the fuel tank at the
purchasing fuel with more than intermediate or fast fill rate. Do not
Fuel Types 5 % FAME or fuel that has add any more fuel after the fuel filler
Diesel engines must only be run abnormal fuel properties. first clicks off or fuel blows back.
using commercially available diesel This allows room for the fuel to
The use of any other biodiesel
fuel that meets the requirements of expand inside the tank.
that does not have the
Euro standard EN590. Wipe off any overflowing fuel
certification referred to above,
The use of biodiesel containing up or has a FAME content exceeding immediately from the vehicle.
to 5 % fatty acid methyl ester 5 %, may cause serious damage Replace the fuel cap and close the
(“FAME”) also known as “B5” is also to your vehicle (including engine fuel opening then spray or splash
permitted provided that the FAME failure). with water.
meets Euro Standard EN14214, and
the resultant B5 blend meets Euro (Continued)
Standard EN590.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Tank Capacity Fuel Filler Door (Pickup) The fuel filler door is located at
See Capacities and the rear side of the vehicle, on
Specifications 0 270. the left.
2. Slowly remove the cap.
Locking Fuel Cap (Cab Chassis)
3. Place the fuel filler cap in the
The fuel filler is located at the rear fuel filler door.
of the vehicle on the left side.
4. After refuelling, replace
1. To unlock, insert the key and the cap.
rotate anticlockwise.
5. Wipe off any overflowing fuel
2. Slowly remove the cap. immediately.
3. After refuelling, replace 6. Close the fuel filler door.
the cap.
4. To lock, insert the key and 1. Pull the release lever. Caution
rotate clockwise.
Before entering a car wash,
ensure the fuel filler door is
closed to avoid damage.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Trailer Towing A Holden Dealer will assist with

supply and installation of towing
The word trailer is used throughout this section and includes all types of equipment.
towed vehicles, such as caravans, boat trailers or any other special purpose
Overloading
trailer.
Never exceed the loads given for
Maximum Towing Capacities (kg) – Braked Trailer the towing equipment fitted to the
2.8L Diesel vehicle.
Maximum ball load (kg) 350 All mandatory equipment must be
fitted, otherwise you may affect the
Maximum towing capacity 3,500
New Vehicle Voluntary Warranty, to
Gross Combined Mass (GCM) 6,000 the extent that Holden considers the
Note overloading or missing equipment to
. Exceeding these values could affect the New Vehicle Voluntary have affected the specifications or
quality of the vehicle. See Towing
Warranty.
and Loading Equipment later in this
. The maximum unbraked towing capacity for all vehicles is 750 kg. section.
. The GCM is a maximum total for the vehicle, payload and braked
trailer combined. { Warning
. The maximum towing capacity requires the payload to be reduced to Holden towing equipment is
ensure the GCM is not exceeded. See Carrying Capacity under recommended where it is
Vehicle Weight 0 268. available. Where it is not
available, no recommendation is
made as to the make of
Towing For mandatory towing equipment, equipment which should be used.
Handling, durability and economy see Towing and Loading Equipment
later in this section. (Continued)
may be affected by towing a trailer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Trailer Recommendations
Warning (Continued)
Holden will not accept liability for
defects occurring in towing
equipment not marketed by
Holden or for defects in the
vehicle arising from the use of
such equipment or for loss or
injury caused by use of such
equipment. The use of such
equipment may void your New
Vehicle Voluntary Warranty to the . For single-axle trailers, the tow
extent that Holden considers the ball load should be 10 % of the
non-recommended equipment loaded trailer weight. For heavy
A trailer hitched to a vehicle places
affects the specifications or trailers with more than one axle,
a weight on the tow bar. This weight
quality of your Holden vehicle. the tow ball load should be 5 % -
is called the tow bar ball weight or
It is inadvisable to mix and match tow ball load (1). 10 % of the loaded trailer weight.
different brands of towing If the tow ball load is too light or
equipment, as equipment is too heavy, the steering and
usually designed as an integrated handling of the vehicle may be
package. affected.
. Ensure the ball load does not
exceed 10 % of the maximum
loaded trailer weight. Refer to
Towing and Loading Equipment
later in this section.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Adjust by moving items forwards Towing and Loading Equipment
or backwards within the trailer, to
change the balance. Mandatory Recommended
Tow Load
Equipment Equipment
. Check the tow ball load before
coupling the trailer to the towing Up to 750 kg Holden tow bar Load distribution hitch.
vehicle. Holden trailer wiring
. Axle loads must not be harness
exceeded when the tow ball load Between 750 kg and Holden tow bar Load distribution hitch.
is included. See Axle Loads 3,500 kg
under Vehicle Weight 0 268. Holden trailer wiring
harness
. If maximum axle loads are
exceeded, weight should be Brakes on the trailer
removed from the rear of the
vehicle.
. Load Distribution Hitch . Do not exceed the maximum
If the load balance cannot be
corrected, use a load distribution . The vehicle may have a load towing capacities specified. See
hitch (only for tow bars that distribution hitch. Maximum Towing Capacities
support load distribution previously in this section.
. The load distribution hitch must
hitches). . Do not exceed the total front or
be removed when not in use. Do
not leave the hitch assembly in rear axle loads specified. See
the receiver unless a trailer is Axle Loads under Vehicle
attached. Weight 0 268.
. A load distribution hitch transfers Towing Precautions
load to the vehicle's front wheels . When heavily loading the vehicle
aiding steering and brake or when towing, inflate tyres to
performance. the maximum recommended
pressure. See Tyre
Pressure 0 244.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16

. Tighten the tow ball retaining nut . The M10 anti-rattle bolt and nut off-road, reduce its speed and
to 140 Nm (Newton metres) and should be removed when towing minimise the load being carried or
check the torque frequently. to prevent damage to the bolt or towed.
. Vehicles handle differently when tow bar tongue.
Vehicle Maintenance
towing. Take a couple of short Trailer Brakes
distance trips with the trailer More frequent vehicle maintenance
. Trailer brakes are mandatory on is required when using the vehicle
before taking a long trip.
trailers with a trailer mass of to tow. Refer to the Service/
. Have the vehicle and trailer more than 750 kg. Warranty Booklet in the vehicle's
correctly maintained and glovebox.
. Consult the appropriate
serviced, with particular attention
given to the brakes, tyres, regulatory body in your State or
Territory for the legal Trailer Sway
suspension, wheel bearings,
towing coupling and lighting. requirements of trailer brakes. Control (TSC)
. Use an extended-arm mirror on Running-in when Towing If the system detects trailer sway
both sides of the vehicle if It is recommended that a new movements, engine power is
necessary. vehicle be driven for at least reduced and the vehicle/trailer
1,500 km before towing. combination is selectively braked
. If the vehicle has headlamp until the trailer sway ceases. While
range adjustment, headlamps If towing is necessary before this, the system is working, keep steering
may need re-aiming after the do not exceed 80 km/h. This also as still as possible.
loaded trailer has been hitched. applies if the vehicle is fitted with a
new or reconditioned engine, TSC is a function of the Electronic
. Use a lower gear and the brakes Stability Control (ESC) system and
when descending steep hills. transmission or rear axle.
may be disabled by turning the
. Ensure that the tow bar does not Off-Road Loading and Towing Traction Control System (TCS) or
obscure the rear number plate. To reduce the risk of damage to the ESC off. See Traction Control
Remove the tow bar tongue vehicle (and trailer) and to improve System (TCS) 0 198. See Electronic
when not required for towing. safety when operating the vehicle Stability Control (ESC) 0 198.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Conversions and Fitting Roo/Nudge Bars Snorkel Intake

Add-Ons If a roo/nudge bar is to be fitted, it is It is necessary to reverse the
critical that the Holden approved snorkel intake:
roo/nudge bar is used. Other types . When driving in snowy
Add-On Electrical must not be fitted. conditions.
Equipment The Holden roo/nudge bar is . Where there are other heavy
Fitting Driving Lamps available from a Holden Dealer and contaminants such as excessive
has been tested for compatibility dust or insect swarms.
Do not fit any accessory over the with the vehicle's design, including
upper or lower air intakes at the the Holden airbag system. . To prevent snow or other
front of the vehicle, as this may contaminants from entering the
affect engine cooling.
{ Warning snorkel and engine air intake.
The Holden Genuine Accessories
are an exception, however they Fitting other types of roo/nudge
should be removed in high load and bars may affect crash
high temperature conditions. performance, airbag performance
and engine cooling.
Caution
Roo/nudge bars should not be fitted
In high load and high temperature
to vehicles operating in urban areas,
applications (e.g. towing) no as they increase the risk of injury to
objects should be fitted over the a pedestrian in the event of a
upper or lower air intake at the collision.
front of the vehicle, as this could
affect cooling. This includes
removing Holden Genuine 1. Loosen the two screws.
Accessories in this area, in these 2. Remove the snorkel intake.
conditions.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
3. Rotate the snorkel intake 180º

and refit, securing with the two
screws.
4. Once conditions have stopped,
return the snorkel intake to its
original position.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 221
Vehicle Care Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . .
234
235
Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Licence Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 237 Appearance Care
General Information Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 222 Electrical System Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Emission Information . . . . . . . . . 222 Engine Compartment Fuse
Emission Control System . . . . . 222 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Instrument Panel Fuse
Vehicle Checks Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Vehicle Tools
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Wheels and Tyres
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 227 Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Automatic Transmission Tyre Pressure Monitor
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 229 Tyre Pressure Monitor
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Diesel Fuel System Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Tyre Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 233
Jump Starting
Bulb Replacement Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
222 Vehicle Care
General Information Close the bonnet. Emission Control System

Before returning the vehicle to Major emission control systems that
Where specified, use only Holden
the road: the vehicle may have are:
genuine parts and accessories.
. Connect the clamp to the . Evaporative emission control
Vehicle Storage negative terminal of the vehicle system. This system is designed
battery. to prevent the escape of fuel
If the vehicle is to be stored for
several months: Check the power windows vapour from the fuel system and
operation. recycle the vapours through the
. Wash and wax the vehicle. normal combustion process.
. Check the tyre pressures.
. Clean and preserve rubber . Crankcase emission control
seals. . Fill the washer fluid reservoir.
system. This system is designed
. Change engine oil. . Check the engine oil level. to prevent blow-by gases from
. Check the coolant level. escaping into the atmosphere
. Drain the washer fluid reservoir. and recycle them through the
. Check coolant and corrosion combustion process.
protection.
Emission Information
. Exhaust emission control
. The emission control systems are system. The various
Adjust the tyre pressure to the
designed to reduce the amount of components of this system
value specified for a full load.
hydrocarbons (HC), carbon operate collectively to limit HC,
. Park the vehicle in a dry, well monoxide (CO), and oxides of CO and NOx emissions in the
ventilated place. nitrogen (NOx) that are emitted from exhaust gas. The exhaust
. Engage first or reverse gear to the engine and fuel system into the emission control system consists
prevent the vehicle from moving. atmosphere. HC and NOx, when of components including
exposed to sunlight under certain electronic control of spark, fuel
. Open the bonnet, close all doors conditions, contribute to
and lock the vehicle. and idle speed. In addition
photochemical smog. In addition, vehicles have a catalytic
Disconnect the clamp from the CO is toxic to inhale. converter and closed loop
negative terminal of the vehicle mixture control system.
battery.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 223
It is recommended that service and Maintenance requirements Vehicle Checks

repair to fuel or emission systems Have the vehicle serviced at the
be carried out by an authorised
Holden Dealer.
frequency shown in the Doing Your Own
Maintenance schedule, in the
Owner responsibility Service/Warranty Booklet.
Service Work
The engine, engine control system It is recommended that servicing be
and exhaust system of the vehicle carried out by an authorised Holden
must NOT be modified in any way. Dealer who will maintain the
vehicle's emission control system as
{ Warning per the Service/Warranty Booklet.
Any person who removes,

modifies or hinders any part of
the emission control system may
be contravening Australian
Design Rules. It is also illegal to
drive a vehicle modified in
this way.
{ Warning
Do not touch engine compartment
components when the ignition
is on.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
224 Vehicle Care
Bonnet
Opening
Note 3. Pull the support rod up and

Do not step on the front Nudge Bar away from the holder and
(if equipped) to access the engine secure.
compartment
1. Pull the release lever
rearwards and upwards. 2. Push the safety catch towards
the driver’s side and open the
bonnet.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 225
Closing Before closing the bonnet, be sure Note

all the filler caps are closed Do not push on the bonnet to close.
{ Warning properly.
To avoid injury and/or damage to

1. Place the support rod into the { Warning
holder.
the vehicle, check each time, If while driving you notice that the
before the bonnet is closed, that 2. Lower the bonnet to bonnet has not been properly
approximately 30 cm and allow
the contact area is unobstructed. closed, pull the vehicle over to the
it to drop into the catch.
side of the road at the earliest
3. Check that the bonnet is possible moment and close the
engaged. bonnet correctly.
4. If it is not engaged, open the
bonnet and repeat
Steps 2 and 3.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
226 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview Engine Oil

Checking Oil Level
. Check the engine oil level
regularly and before a long
journey.
. Maintain the correct level.
. The engine must be at operating
temperature and the ignition
turned off for at least 10 minutes.
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
Diesel Engine
1. Engine Coolant 0 229 6. Engine Compartment Fuse

2. Brake Fluid 0 230 Block 0 240
3. Engine Oil 0 226 7. Battery 0 231
4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 8. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 229

Engine Oil 0 226 2. Remove the dipstick and wipe
5. Washer Fluid 0 230 clean.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 227
3. Insert the dipstick to the stop 4. Replace the engine oil filler cap
on the handle. tightly.
4. Remove and read the engine
oil level. { Danger
The level should be at the MAX Engine oil is an irritant and if
mark. Add oil if the level is at ingested, can cause illness or
the MIN mark. death.
5. Insert the dipstick to the stop Keep out of reach of children.
on the handle.
Avoid repeated or prolonged
Note
contact with skin.
The engine oil level must not
exceed the MAX mark on the The engine oil filler cap is located Wash exposed areas with soap
dipstick. on the top of the engine. and water or hand cleaner.
For correct engine oil specification, 1. Rotate the engine oil filler cap Be careful when draining the
see Recommended Fluids and anticlockwise and remove. engine oil as it may be hot.
Lubricants 0 264. 2. Add enough oil to reach below
the MAX mark on the dipstick.
Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Life System
3. Check the level on the dipstick
See Capacities and When to Change Engine Oil
and add further oil if necessary.
Specifications 0 270.
The engine oil must not exceed This vehicle has a computer system
the MAX mark on the dipstick. that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
Caution on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
Overfilled engine oil must be temperature, and miles driven.
drained or suctioned out. Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
228 Vehicle Care
indicated can vary considerably. For the oil regularly over the course of If the vehicle has a CHANGE
the oil life system to work properly, an oil drain interval and keep it at ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
the system must be reset every time the proper level. comes back on when the vehicle is
the oil is changed. If the system is ever reset started and/or the OIL LIFE
On some vehicles, when the system accidentally,the engine oil and filter REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
has calculated that oil life has been must be changed in accordance oil life system has not been reset.
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE with the Maintenance schedule Repeat the procedure.
OIL SOON message comes on to outlined in the Service/Warranty
indicate that an oil change is Booklet. Remember to reset the oil Automatic Transmission
necessary. See Engine Oil life system whenever the oil is Fluid
Messages 0 78. Change the oil as changed.
soon as possible within the next How to Check Automatic
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible How to Reset the Engine Oil Transmission Fluid
that, if driving under the best Life System
It is not necessary to check the
conditions, the oil life system might Reset the system whenever the transmission fluid level.
indicate that an oil change is not engine oil is changed so that the A transmission fluid leak is the only
necessary for up to a year. The system can calculate the next reason for fluid loss. If a leak
engine oil and filter must be engine oil change. Always reset the occurs, take the vehicle to your
changed at least once a year and, engine oil life to 100% after every oil dealer and have it repaired as soon
at this time, the system must be change. It will not reset itself. To as possible.
reset. For vehicles without the reset the engine oil life system:
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON There is a special procedure for
message, an oil change is needed 1. Display the OIL LIFE checking and changing the
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING REMAINING on the Driver transmission fluid. Because this
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer Information System (DIC). See procedure is difficult, this should be
has trained service people who will Driver Information Centre done at the dealer.
perform this work and reset the (DIC) 0 75.
system. It is also important to check 2. Press and hold SET/CLR for
several seconds. The oil life
will change to 100%.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 229
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Checking Coolant Level Adding Coolant
{ Warning Caution
Do not remove the radiator cap if If the coolant level is too low,
the engine and radiator are still engine damage may occur.
hot. Scalding fluid and steam can Do not spill coolant on the
be blown out under pressure vehicle's exterior surfaces as it
which could cause serious burns. can damage the paintwork. If you
do, wash it off immediately.
Note
Use only approved coolant. See
To replace the engine air filter, Recommended Fluids and
release the clamp and remove the Lubricants 0 264.
air cleaner outlet duct. Disconnect 1. Turn the ignition off.
the air sensor, unscrew the 3 2. Remove the coolant
screws and remove the filter
reservoir cap.
housing.
3. Add the required amount of
Engine Coolant coolant.
4. Replace the cap securely.
Engine Coolant Level If the cooling system is cold, the
coolant level should be above the If the coolant requires regular
Check the coolant level at least topping up, contact a Holden
once a week. line on the coolant reservoir.
Dealer.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
230 Vehicle Care
Use the correct amount of

{ Warning { Warning washer fluid additive. Refer to
a Holden Dealer.
Avoid repeated or prolonged Do not remove the radiator cap if
contact with coolant. the engine and radiator are still Do not use ordinary soap or
hot. Scalding fluid and steam can detergent as they froth up and
Wash off with soap and water. damage the wiper rubbers.
be blown out under pressure
Keep out of reach of children. which could cause serious burns. 2. Secure the cap.
If the coolant level is low, there may Washer Fluid Brake Fluid
be a leak in the cooling system:
1. Look for leaks at the radiator { Warning
hoses and connections, heater
hoses and connections, Brake fluid is poisonous and
radiator and water pump. corrosive and will damage the
paint finish of the vehicle if spilt.
Take care when checking these
areas as they may still be hot.
2. If a major leak or other
problems are found, do not run Caution
the engine until all problems
Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
have been repaired. Contact a
Wash any affected area
Holden Dealer.
immediately.
3. If no problems are found, refill Check the fluid level weekly.
the coolant reservoir. See
Adding Coolant previously in Adding Washer Fluid
this section.
1. Lift the front of the cap up.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 231
Checking Brake/Clutch 3. Rotate the brake fluid reservoir

(Manual) Fluid Level cap anticlockwise and remove. Caution
4. Top up with the recommended Do not dispose of used brake
brake fluid. fluid with household waste.
Use the local, authorised waste
{ Warning management facility.
Using brake fluid other than GM
recommended brake fluid may Battery
cause corrosion to components of
the braking system and reduced
braking performance. { Warning
Use only new brake fluid. Use of Batteries emit an explosive gas
old, used or inferior brake fluid mixture which may be ignited.
may endanger the functioning of Therefore, you should keep
The level should be between the sparks and flames away from the
the brake system.
MIN and MAX marks.
battery at all times. Never smoke
If the fluid level is correct, do not near a battery.
remove the reservoir cap, as brake 5. Secure the cap by rotating
fluid exposed to the atmosphere will clockwise and clean up any Batteries contain sulphuric acid.
quickly absorb moisture. spilt fluid. If acid contacts skin or clothing,
If the brake fluid requires regular flush immediately with plenty of
Adding Brake Fluid topping up, contact a Holden Dealer water. In case of eye contact,
See Recommended Fluids and immediately. flush with plenty of water and
Lubricants 0 264. contact a doctor immediately.
Battery acid also damages paint
1. Turn the ignition off. and fabrics. To minimise damage,
2. Wipe the sides of the cap wash off immediately.
clean. (Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
232 Vehicle Care
according to the procedure Ensure the ignition is turned off

Warning (Continued) described in Battery Disconnection, before reconnecting the vehicle
thus avoiding its discharge. battery.
Take care with all metal objects
and tools including items you may Battery Replacement For emergency starting when the
wear (for example jewellery, rings battery is flat, see Jump
For battery location, see Engine Starting 0 255.
and metal watch bands) near Compartment Overview 0 226.
battery terminals.
For replacement, refer to a Holden Fuel Filter
Dealer or authorised repairer.
The vehicle battery is maintenance When the water level in fuel filter is
free, provided that the driving profile excessive, Water in Fuel – Contact
Caution Service illuminates on the
allows sufficient charging of the
battery. Short distance driving and instrument panel.
Do not dispose of batteries with
frequent engine starts can discharge household waste.
the battery. Avoid the use of Caution
unnecessary electrical consumers. Use the local, authorised waste
management facility. The engine and fuel system may
be seriously damaged if the
vehicle is driven while Water in
Battery Disconnection
Fuel – Contact Service is
The battery may discharge if the illuminated.
vehicle is not used for
approximately four weeks. Contact a Holden Dealer
immediately to have the fuel filter
Batteries must be disposed of at an To disconnect the battery: drained.
appropriate recycling collection 1. Turn the ignition off.
point.
2. Disconnect the clamp from the Note
Laying up the vehicle for more than negative terminal of the vehicle The fuel filter will be drained when
four weeks can lead to battery battery. the vehicle is serviced. Refer to the
discharge. Disconnect the battery
Service/Warranty Booklet.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 233
Diesel Fuel System Wiper Blade Replacement Bulb Replacement

Bleeding Regularly check the condition of the Contact a trained service technician
The system requires bleeding if the wiper blades. if unsure about the bulb
vehicle has run out of fuel. . Replace hard, brittle or cracked replacement process.
Note blades or those that smear dirt When replacing bulbs:
on the windscreen.
A minimum of 5 litres of diesel fuel . Turn the ignition off and remove
must be in the tank for the bleeding . If the blades are not wiping the key.
operation to work correctly. properly, clean both the blades
. Turn off related switches.
and the windscreen. See
1. Turn the ignition on for
Exterior Care 0 259. . Fit bulbs of the specified
15 seconds, and then off.
wattage only.
2. Repeat Step 1 three times.
. Do not touch bulbs or reflectors
3. Start the engine for a maximum with bare hands.
of 40 seconds.
. Clean stained bulbs with
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 after methylated spirits.
5 seconds.
Bulbs to be Changed by a Holden
If the engine does not start, Dealer
contact a Holden Dealer.
. Centre high mount stop lamp
. Side turn signal lamps
. Daytime running lamps (DRL)
. Turn signal lamps on the exterior
mirrors
. Courtesy lamp
. Reading lamps
. Instrument panel lamps
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
234 Vehicle Care

. LED rear lamps Headlamps
. Fog lamps
High Beam
Caution
Condensation may temporarily
appear on the inside of exterior
lamp lenses after rain or washing
the vehicle. Condensation occurs
when there is a temperature
difference between the inside and
outside of the lamp allowing a fine
mist on the inside surface of the 2. Unplug the connector
lamp lens. This condensation will from bulb.
disappear when the vehicle is in a 3. Press the spring clip outward
dry environment or the lamp is on. and disengage it.
1. Remove the protective cover.
If water does collect in the lamp 4. Remove the bulb from the
contact a Holden Dealer. reflector housing.
5. When fitting a new bulb,
engage the lugs in the
recesses on the reflector.
6. Engage the spring clip.
7. Plug the connector onto bulb.
8. Place the protective cover in
the right position and close it.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 235
Low Beam 2. Unplug the connector Front Turn Signal Lamps

from bulb.
3. Press the spring clip and
disengage the bulb.
4. Remove the bulb from the
reflector housing.
5. When fitting a new bulb,
engage the lugs in the
recesses on the reflector and
press the bulb into position.
6. Plug the connector onto bulb.
7. Place the protective cover in
the right position and close it.
1. Remove the protective cover. 1. Rotate bulb holder
Headlight Aim counterclockwise and
disengage.
Caution
If the headlights need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle is taken to a Holden
dealer for service, because it is
related with safety.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
236 Vehicle Care
Taillamps 2. Remove the tail light assembly

by pulling straight out of the
body. Take care that the cable
duct remains in position.
2. Push the bulb into the socket

slightly, rotate counterclockwise
and remove the bulb. 1. Unscrew both fasteners.
3. Insert a new bulb into the bulb
holder and refit the holder into
the reflector and rotate 3. Tail light/brake light (1)
clockwise to engage. Turn signal (2)
Reverse light (3)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 237
4. Rotate the relevant bulb holder Licence Plate Lamp

counterclockwise.
For LED version just replace

lights 2 and 3. The brake light
should be replaced by a 1. The number plate light is
Holden dealer. 5. Remove bulb holder. Push the located on the rear bumper.
bulb into the socket slightly,
rotate counterclockwise and
remove the bulb.
6. Insert a new bulb into the bulb
holder and refit the holder into
the tail light assembly and
fasten into place. Install tail
light assembly in body and
tighten the fasteners. Close the
covers and engage.
7. Switch on the ignition, operate
and check all lights.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
238 Vehicle Care
2. On the back side of the Electrical System

bumper, rotate the bulb holder { Warning
counterclockwise to disengage.
Fuses When replacing a fuse be sure to
3. Remove bulb from the holder use a fuse of the
and replace the bulb. Fuse boxes are located:
specified amperage.
4. Insert the bulb holder in bulb . In the engine compartment
Never install a wire or similar as it
housing and rotate clockwise. . In a storage compartment on the could damage electrical
driver’s side components and cause a fire.
There is a primary fuse holder Any improper alterations to the
connected to the positive electrical system may cause a fire
battery post. hazard and engine damage. To
maintain your own safety and that
{ Warning of the vehicle, have any work
involving the electrical system or
Turn off the ignition (LOCK
the replacement of high current
position) and any electrical
fuses or relays carried out by a
equipment before changing
Holden Dealer.
a fuse.
. Replace blown fuses promptly.

. A blown fuse can be recognised
by its melted wire.
. Do not replace the fuse until the
cause of the fault has been
remedied.
. Some functions are protected by
several fuses.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 239
Place the fuse extractor on the top

or side of the fuse to extract
the fuse.
Fuse Extractor
A fuse extractor can be located in
the fuse box in the engine
compartment.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
240 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Mini

Fuse Block Fuses Usage
2 Not Used
15A - Electric Power
3 Steering (EPS) (if
available)
4 Not Used
5 15A – Horn
15A – Front Fog Lamp
6
(if available)
7 10A – High Beam LH
8 10A – High Beam RH
The fuse box is in the front left of 7.5A - Engine Control
9
the engine compartment. Module - (Diesel)
Disengage the cover, lift it upward 15A – Powertrain
and remove it. 10
Relay (3) – (Diesel)
Not all fuse box descriptions in this 20A – Engine Control
manual may apply to your vehicle. 11
Module (1) (Diesel)
When inspecting the fuse box, refer
to the fuse box label. 10A – Powertrain
12
Relay (1)
Mini 10A – Powertrain
Fuses Usage 13
Relay (2)
10A – Compressor 15A – Powertrain
1 14
A/C Clutch Relay (4)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 241
Mini Mini JCase

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
15A – Run Crank 20A - Rear 50A – ABS or ESC
15 24
Relay Signal Wiper (SUV) SB01 Module Pump (if
available)
15A – Automatic 10A - Front / Rear
25
16 Transmission Control (SUV) Washer Pump 30A – Transfer Case
Module (if available) SB02 Control Module (4X4)
10A - Park Assist (if
26 (if available)
10A – Transfer Case available)
Module, Head Lamp 60A – Preheating
5A – Body Control
17 Leveling, Trailer 27 SB03 Glow Plug Module
Module
Interface Module (if (Diesel)
available) Auxiliary Lamps
28 SB04 -
Provision (If equipped)
10A – Power Supply
30A – Starter Motor
18 Cluster - A/C - Airbag 30A – ABS or ESC SB05
29 Solenoid
Module Module (if available)
SB06 30A – Front Wiper
20A – Fuel Pump 30 10A – Horn
19
(Diesel) 30A – Fuel Heater
15A – Body Control SB07
31 (Diesel)
20 Not Used Module
SB08 Not Used (Diesel)
30A – Rear Defogger 15A – Engine Control
21
(if available) 32 Module (Battery) SB09 30A – Spare
(Diesel)
15A - Outside Rear
22 View Mirror Defogger 10A – Communication
(if available) 33 Wire Between
Modules
15A - Cab Heater
23
(Diesel)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
242 Vehicle Care
Maxi Usage Relays Usage

30A – Trailer Hitch RLY19 Fuel Pump (Diesel)
F34*
Module (if available)
*: Located near battery positive Instrument Panel Fuse
terminal Block
The fuse box is behind the
Relays Usage instrument panel cap.
RLY01 Starter
RLY03 High Beam
Viscous Heater
RLY05
(Diesel) Mini
RLY08 Front Wiper Control Fuses Usage
RLY09 Front Wiper Speed 20A – Body Control
1
Module (6)
Rear Defogger and
Outside Rear View 20A – Cigarette
RLY10 3
Mirror Defogger (if Lighter (if available)
available) 20A – Front and Rear
RLY11 Powertrain 6 Power Outlets (if
Remove the instrument panel cap in
available)
RLY12 A/C Clutch the direction of the arrow.
30A – Body Control
RLY13 Fuel Heater (Diesel) Reinstall the cap in reverse order. 7
Module (8)
RLY14 Not Used (Diesel) Not all fuse box descriptions in this
manual may apply to your vehicle. 20A – Radio (if
10
RLY15 Not Used When inspecting the fuse box, refer available)
RLY18 Run Crank to the fuse box label. 11 2A – Ignition Switch
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 243
Mini Mini JCase

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
15A - Side Blind Zone 15A – Body Control 40A – BUS-C (fuses:
12 26
(SBZ) (If available) Module (2) 53 F12, F33, F37,
F39, F40)
15A – Body Control 27 2A – Clock Spring
13
Module (3) 40A –
7.5A – Data Link 54
28 Accessory (12V)
10A – Front A/C Connector (DLC)
14
Control Module
10A – Instrument Relays Usage
15A – Seat Heated (If Panel Cluster (IPC),
15 31 RLY45 C-Enable
available) Displays - Radio
(Center Stack), USB RAP and
15A – Body Control RLY46
16 Accessory (12V)
Module (1) 10A – Central
Gateway Module RLY48 Run relay
30A – Front Door 33
17 (CGM) - Cyber
Power Window Switch
Security
30A – Rear Door
30A – Front A/C
19 Power Window Switch 34
Blower
(if available)
10A – Front Collision
15A – Body Control
20 37 Alert (FCA) / Rain
Module (4)
Sensor (if available)
21 10A – Spare
10A – Rear View
39
30A – Power Seat (if Mirrors (if available)
22
available)
10A – Sensing and
25 Diagnose
Module (SDM)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
244 Vehicle Care

.
Vehicle Tools Wheels and Tyres Check the air pressure of tyres
(including the spare) weekly, to
Tyre and Rim Condition ensure occupant safety, as well
Tools as reducing fuel consumption
. To avoid tyre and rim damage
The jack and tools are located in a and increasing the life of the
and possible tyre blow-out, do tyres.
storage compartment behind the
not drive over sharp edges.
driver's seat or under a back seat. . Replace any valve dust caps or
See Tyre Changing 0 251. . Drive over edges slowly and at extensions.
right angles, if possible.
. When parking, ensure the tyres Tyre Placard
are not pressed against the
edge of the kerb.
. Check the tyres regularly for
damage, stones, punctures,
cuts, cracks, bulges, etc. Check
the rims for damage. Contact a
Holden Dealer, if in doubt.
Tyre Pressure
Keep the tyres at the recommended
1. Unhook the strap. pressures to avoid increased fuel
2. Remove the jack by rotating consumption, uneven and
the lever on the side premature tyre wear. The correct pressures for tyres are
anticlockwise. . Tyre pressure should be shown on the tyre placard in the
checked when cold as tyre driver's door frame and in the tyre
When replacing the jack, rotate pressure table. See Tyre
clockwise to secure into the pressure will increase as the
tyres warm up. Pressure 0 270.
bracket.
3. Remove the tools.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 245
Always inflate the spare tyre to the 2. Tyre positions levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
pressure specified for 3. Normal load (up to three the air pressure in your tires and
maximum load. people) transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
4. Full load (five people plus load)
Note
5. Spare tyre information The spare wheel may not be fitted
with a TPMS sensor.
Tyre Pressure Monitor The tire pressure monitoring system
System checks the pressure of all four road
This vehicle may have a Tyre wheels once a minute when vehicle
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). speed exceeds a certain limit.
Caution Caution
Modifications made to the Tyre The TPMS is not a substitute for

Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) proper tire maintenance, and it is
by anyone other than an the driver's responsibility to
authorised service facility may maintain correct tire pressure,
void authorisation to use the even if under-inflation has not
system. reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure light.
Maintaining manufacturer's
recommended tire pressure is part
of best practices to optimize the fuel Each tire, including the spare (if
consumption of the vehicle. provided), should be checked
monthly when cold. If required, the
The Tyre Pressure Monitor System tires should be inflated to the
1. Tyre specifications (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure specified on the tire
technology to check tyre pressure placard. (If your vehicle has tires of
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
246 Vehicle Care
a different size than the size the TPMS from functioning properly.
indicated on the tire placard, you Caution Always check the TPMS malfunction
should determine the proper tire light after replacing one or more
inflation pressure for those tires.) Tire sealants could damage the tires or wheels on your vehicle to
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor ensure that the replacement or
As an added safety feature, the damage caused by using tire
TPMS illuminates a low tire alternate tires and wheels allow the
sealants is not covered by the TPMS to continue to function
pressure light when one or more of vehicle warranty.
your tires is significantly properly.
under-inflated. See Tyre Pressure Monitor
Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 247.
Note equipped with a TPMS malfunction
Accordingly, when the low tire indicator to indicate when the Tire Learn (If equipped)
pressure light illuminates, you system is not operating properly. The sensors are calibrated to the
should stop and check your tires as The TPMS malfunction indicator is tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS
soon as possible, and inflate them combined with the low tire pressure relearn tool. See your dealer for
to the proper pressure. Driving on a light. When the system detects a service.
significantly under-inflated tyre malfunction, the light will flash for
causes the tyre to overheat and can approximately one minute and then Vehicle Loading
lead to tyre failure. Under-inflation remain continuously illuminated. Select SET/CLR to define one of
also reduces fuel efficiency and tyre This sequence will continue upon following options:
tread life, and may affect the subsequent vehicle start-ups as
vehicle's handling and stopping Light : for comfort pressure up to
long as the malfunction exists.
ability. 3 people.
When the malfunction indicator is
ECO : for ECO pressure up to
illuminated, the system may not be
3 people.
able to detect or signal low tyre
pressure as intended. TPMS Max : for full loading.
malfunctions may occur for a variety The ECO tire pressure serves to
of reasons, including the installation achieve the smallest amount of fuel
of replacement or alternate tyres or consumption possible.
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 247
Incorrect tyre pressures will impair The low tire pressure warning light
safety, vehicle handling, comfort and Caution (Continued) and the DIC warning message come
fuel economy and will increase on at each ignition cycle until the
tyre wear. reached the level to trigger tires are inflated to the correct
illumination of the TPMS low tire inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
The tire pressure tables show all pressure light.
possible tire combinations. See Tyre tyre pressure levels can be viewed.
Pressure 0 270. For additional information and
Tyre Pressure Monitor details about the DIC operation and
If the tire pressure shall be reduced displays see Driver Information
or increased on a vehicle with tire Operation Centre (DIC) 0 75.
pressure monitoring system, switch
off ignition. After adjusting tire The low tyre pressure warning light
pressure switch on ignition and may come on in cool weather when
select the according setting as the vehicle is first started, and then
shown previously in this section. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
After inflating driving may be air pressure is getting low and must
required to update the tire pressure be inflated to the proper pressure.
values in the DIC. During this time When a low tyre pressure condition
7 may light up. is detected, the TPMS illuminates A Tire and Loading Information label
the low tyre pressure warning light shows the size of the original
located on the instrument cluster. equipment tires and the correct
Caution inflation pressure for the tires when
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the they are cold. See Tyre Pressure
The TPMS is not a substitute for
tires to the recommended pressure 0 270, for an example of the Tire
proper tire maintenance, and it is and Loading Information label and
the driver's responsibility to shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Wheels and its location. Also see Wheels and
maintain correct tire pressure, Tyres 0 244.
even if under-inflation has not Tyres 0 244.
(Continued) A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) display.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
248 Vehicle Care
The TPMS can warn about cycle. A DIC warning message also . One or more TPMS sensors are
a low tyre pressure condition displays. The malfunction light and missing or damaged. The DIC
but it does not replace DIC warning message come on at message and the malfunction
normal tyre maintenance. See each ignition cycle until the problem light should go off when the
Wheels and Tyres 0 244 and Tyre is corrected. Some of the conditions TPMS sensors are installed and
Rotation 0 249. that can cause these to come the sensor calibration process is
on are: performed successfully. See
Caution . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service.
replaced with the spare tire. The . Replacement tyres or wheels do
Tyre sealant materials are not all spare tire does not have a not match the original equipment
the same. A non-approved tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction tyres or wheels. Tyres and
sealant could damage the TPMS light and DIC message should wheels other than those
sensors. TPMS sensor damage go off after the road tire is recommended could prevent the
caused by using an incorrect tire replaced and the sensor TPMS from functioning properly.
sealant is not covered by the calibration process is performed See Tread Depth 0 249.
vehicle warranty. Always use only successfully. See "TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or
the GM approved tire sealant Calibration Process" later in this being near facilities using radio
available through your dealer or section. wave frequencies similar to the
included in the vehicle. . The TPMS sensor calibration TPMS could cause the TPMS
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction.
TPMS Malfunction Light and completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning
Message rotating the tires. The properly, it cannot detect or signal a
malfunction light and the DIC low tyre condition. See your dealer
The TPMS will not function properly message should go off after
if one or more of the TPMS sensors for service if the TPMS malfunction
successfully completing the light and DIC message come on
are missing or inoperable. When the sensor calibration process. See
system detects a malfunction, the and stay on.
"TPMS Sensor Calibration
low tire warning light flashes for Process" later in this section.
about one minute and then stays on
for the remainder of the ignition
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 249
TPMS Sensor Calibration

Process Warning (Continued)
Each TPMS sensor has a unique are not capable of being driven
identification code. The identification safely at high speeds. Therefore,
code needs to be matched to a new their use is not recommended.
tire/wheel position after rotating the
tires or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor Tyre Rotation
calibration process should also be
performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
and the DIC message should go off . Replace the tyres when they are
at the next ignition cycle. The worn to the point where the
sensors are matched to the tire/ tread wear indicators (TWI)
wheel positions, using a TPMS appear.
relearn tool, in the following order: . Tyres age, even if they are not
driver side front tire, passenger side used. Replacement of tyres
front tire, passenger side rear tire, every six years is recommended.
and driver side rear. See your
dealer for service. { Warning
It is recommended that you rotate
Tread Depth Do not attempt to drive on a flat tires at every scheduled
Check tread depth at regular tyre more than is necessary to maintenance service
intervals. stop safely. Driving even a short
distance can damage the tyre and Different forces on the front and rear
tyres make them wear differently,
wheel beyond repair. Tyres which
depending on several factors, such
have been repaired or retreaded
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
250 Vehicle Care
as road surface, driving style,

suspension alignment, wheel Caution (Continued) { Warning
balancing, tyre pressure, etc.
. Tyre ageing depends on Do not use different sizes or
The owner must evaluate the many conditions of use types of tyres and wheels than
vehicle wear. This includes regular including temperature, load those originally fitted to the
tyre rotation, which should be conditions, and tyre inflation vehicle. Safety and performance
performed at each inspection. Tyre pressure. of the vehicle may be affected.
rotation is vital to achieving even It may also affect road handling
. A spare tyre which has not
tread wear and long tyre life.
been used within a 6-year and lead to serious injury.
Tyre rotation must be performed as period should be used in When replacing tyres, install all
indicated in the illustration. emergencies only. If you four tyres and wheels of the same
Tyre condition is checked at periodic need to use this tyre, drive
size, type, tread, brand and
inspections by your Dealer, who can at low speeds.
load-carrying capacity.
diagnose signs of uneven wear that
may compromise your car’s safety Buying New Tyres
and performance. Wheel Covers
Refer to the tyre placard on the
Never include the temporary spare Use wheel covers and tyres that are
vehicle for tyre size and load rating.
tyre in the tyre rotation due to size factory approved for the vehicle and
differences. Using a different size or type of tyre which comply with all of the relevant
may affect: wheel and tyre combination
Caution . Ride requirements.
. Handling
. Ageing causes tyre rubber
to deteriorate. This also .
{ Warning
Speedometer accuracy
happens to the spare tyre Use of incorrect tyres or wheel
. Vehicle ground clearance
even if it has not been used. covers may result in damage to
(Continued) . Tyre clearance the vehicle and personal injury.
. Snow chain clearance
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 251
Tyre Chains . Whenever tyre chains are fitted,

switch off the ESC. See Warning (Continued)
. Tyre chains should be fitted only Electronic Stability Control
on the rear wheels. (ESC) 0 198. Use the jack only at the
. designated lifting points. Use in
Remove large hubcaps and . If driving in snowy conditions other locations may result in the
valve extensions that contact with a snorkel, see Snorkel
parts of the chain. vehicle falling off the jack,
Intake under Add-On Electrical or damage to the vehicle.
Equipment 0 219.
{ Warning Do not start or run the engine
Tyre Changing while the vehicle is supported by
Tyre chains may only be used at the jack.
speeds up to 50 km/h. Tyre
chains should only be used for { Warning Use the jack only for lifting the
vehicle when changing wheels.
short distances if the roads are All passengers must be out of the
not snow covered. The hard road vehicle when it is being jacked. Do not get under a vehicle that is
surface causes rapid wear and supported by a jack. No person
the chain may break. Tyre chain Do not jack a vehicle with a trailer should place any portion of their
links should not be thicker than attached. Remove the trailer first. body under a vehicle that is
13 mm and the clasp should be Only jack the vehicle on hard, supported by a jack.
well away from the bodywork. level surfaces. Vehicles with alloy wheels may
Thicker chains may damage the have a steel spare wheel. Drive
Ensure moving parts of the jack
vehicle body. carefully and do not exceed
are adequately lubricated
before use. 80 km/h if the tyre size or tread
. Check the tyre placard for pattern of the spare tyre is
(Continued)
correct tyre pressures. See Tyre different to the other tyres on the
Placard under Tyre vehicle. Although the spare tyre
Pressure 0 244. was fully inflated when the vehicle
(Continued)
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
252 Vehicle Care
6. Chock the wheel diagonally 9. Remove the spare wheel

Warning (Continued) opposite the flat tyre with a retainer cover and insert the
suitable solid object. chiselled end of the jack
was new, it can lose air over time. handle, at a slight angle,
Check the inflation pressure Note
through the central hole in the
regularly. Do not change more than one wheel rear bumper and into the
at one time. funnel-shaped guide.
After installing the spare tyre on
the vehicle, stop as soon as 7. Remove the tools. See
possible to check the inflation Tools 0 244.
pressure is correct. Have the flat 8. Assemble the wheel wrench,
tyre repaired or replaced and jack handle extensions and the
installed back on the vehicle as jack handle using a
soon as possible. screwdriver.
1. Park on a hard, level surface,

in a safe location.
2. Apply the park brake firmly.
3. Place manual transmissions in
first or reverse gear.
10. Rotate the wheel wrench
Place automatic transmissions anticlockwise to lower the
in position P. spare tyre to the ground.
4. Switch the hazard warning 11. Continue to rotate the wheel
flashers on. wrench until the spare tyre can
5. Turn off the engine and remove be pulled out from under the
the key. The vehicle may have a spare vehicle.
wheel retainer cover.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 253
Wheel nut removal Jacking procedure

14. Remove the centre cap by Front position:
placing the chisel end of the
wheel wrench into one of the
slots on the cap and gently
prise the cap out.
To protect the wheel, place a
soft cloth between the wheel
wrench and the wheel.
15. Turn the wheel wrench

anticlockwise to loosen all the
12. Tilt the retainer and slide it up wheel nuts.
the cable so it can be pulled up Note
through the wheel opening.
Do not remove the wheel nuts at
13. Place the spare tyre near the this stage.
flat tyre.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
254 Vehicle Care
If the flat tyre is on the front of

the vehicle, position the jack to Warning (Continued)
the rear of the front tyre in the
cut out on the frame. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack. No person
Rear position: should place any portion of their
body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
17. Attach the jack handle and with

the jack correctly aligned.
18. Rotate the handle until the
If the flat tyre is on the rear, wheel is clear of the ground.
position the jack under the rear
axle and get as close as 19. Remove the wheel nuts.
possible to the shock absorber. 20. Exchange the wheel on the
16. Set the jack to the necessary vehicle with the spare wheel.
height before positioning it 21. Remove any rust or dirt from
directly below the jacking point the wheel nuts and studs,
in a manner that prevents it mounting surfaces and spare
from slipping. wheel.
{ Warning { Danger
Failure to position the jack as Never use oil or grease on bolts
described could cause the vehicle or nuts as the nuts may come
to slip off the jack. loose. The vehicle wheel could
(Continued) fall off and may lead to serious
injury or death.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 255
22. Put the wheel nuts back on Jump Starting

with the rounded end of the { Warning
nuts towards the wheel. Read the following warnings and
As soon as possible after procedure in full before attempting
23. Tighten each wheel nut by changing a wheel, have the wheel to jump start the vehicle.
hand, then use the wheel nuts tightened with a torque
wrench to tighten the nuts until wrench to 140 Nm (Newton If you are still unsure about jump
the wheel is held against metres). Wheel nuts must be starting, Holden strongly
the hub. recommends for your safety and
tightened evenly to the correct
that of the vehicle that you seek the
24. Lower the vehicle by reversing torque, as wheel nuts which have
assistance of a suitably trained
the jacking procedure. not been tightened properly could service technician.
25. Remove the jack from under eventually allow the wheel to
come off while the vehicle is
the vehicle.
moving. { Warning
Do not push start or tow start the
27. Stow the replaced wheel, by vehicle. Therefore, if the battery is
reversing Steps 8 to 13. flat, jump start, but do not push
28. Stow the tools in the storage start the vehicle.
compartment. See Tools 0 244. Batteries produce explosive
29. Have the flat tyre renewed or gases, contain corrosive acids
repaired. and supply levels of electrical
current high enough to cause
When reinstalling the repaired burns. Therefore, adhere to the
wheel:
following when working near a
1. Install the centre cap. battery:
26. With the wheel on the ground, 2. Place the cap on the wheel and (Continued)
use the wheel wrench to tap it into place until it is flush
tighten the wheel nuts in a with the wheel.
crosswise sequence.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
256 Vehicle Care
Defrost the frozen battery before

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) connecting jumper leads.
. Do not attempt jump starting . Battery acid is corrosive. If it . Use a booster battery with the
directly from the battery in gets on your skin, wash with same voltage (12 volts). Its
the engine compartment. plenty of water immediately. capacity (Ah) must not be much
If it gets in your eyes you less than that of the discharged
. Do not let the jumper lead
should not only flush with battery.
clamps touch each other or
other metal parts. lots of water, but should . Use jumper leads with insulated
also seek medical help. terminals and a cross section of
. Do not allow the jumper Battery acid also damages at least 25 mm².
leads to contact any rotating paint and fabrics. To
engine components. minimise damage, wash it . Do not disconnect the
off immediately. discharged battery from the
. Do not use open flames or vehicle.
sparks near the battery. . Remove rings, metal watch
bands and other metal . Switch off all unnecessary
. Do not smoke near the
jewellery before working electrical devices.
battery.
around the battery. . Do not allow the terminals of one
. Never use a quick charger
. If a permanently connected lead to touch those of the
to start the engine. other lead.
hands free telephone kit is
. The battery must be fitted to the vehicle, remove . The vehicles must not come into
removed from the vehicle the fuse for the telephone contact with each other during
for recharging. kit before jump starting. the jump starting process.
. Wear eye protection such Remember to replace the
as safety glasses and avoid fuse afterwards. Jump Starting Procedure
leaning over the battery. 1. Position the two vehicles so
(Continued) . A discharged battery can freeze that they are not touching.
at temperatures of 0°C. 2. Apply the park brakes.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 257
3. For manual transmissions, 7. Connect the other end of the 12. Allow both engines to idle for
place the selector lever in red lead to the positive terminal approximately 3 minutes with
neutral. of the discharged battery (2). the leads connected.
For automatic transmissions, 8. Connect the black lead to the 13. Switch on the headlamps and
place the selector lever in P. negative terminal of the the heated rear window of the
4. Turn the ignition off. booster battery (3). vehicle that received the jump
9. Connect the other end of the start.
5. Turn off all lamps and
accessories in both vehicles, black lead to a vehicle 14. Leave the engines running
except the hazard warning grounding point, such as the while removing the BLACK
flashers or any lights needed engine block or an engine negative jumper lead first,
for the work area. mounting bolt (4). followed by the RED positive
Connect as far away from the jumper lead.
discharged battery as possible Note
(at least 60 cm). While removing each clamp, do not
Note touch any other metal while the
Route the leads so that they cannot other end remains attached.
catch on rotating parts within the
engine compartment.
10. Start the engine of the vehicle
providing the jump start and
allow to idle for at least
5 minutes.
11. Start the engine of the vehicle
6. Connect one end of the red with the flat battery.
lead to the positive terminal of
Start attempts should be made
the booster battery (1).
for no longer than 15 seconds
at an interval of 1 minute.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
258 Vehicle Care
Towing In an emergency, the vehicle may

be towed on all four wheels for short
Do not attach towing
equipment to the bumpers or
distances only, using the front brackets, suspension or cross
Towing the Vehicle towing eyes. members.
2. Turn the ignition key to ON to
enable the steering lock,
windscreen wipers and turn
signals operation.
3. Place the selector lever in N or
neutral.
4. Release the park brake.
Note
Automatic transmission: If the
vehicle's battery is flat and the
vehicle requires towing, see
Interruption of Power Supply 0 190.
A flat-bed tow truck is the best
method of towing the vehicle to Caution Note
avoid damage. . A driver must be in the vehicle to
No load applied to an individual steer and operate the brakes.
front towing eye shall exceed
{ Warning 1,500 kg (static or dynamic). . Drive slowly when towing.
No passenger should remain in . Power assist for brakes and
the vehicle being towed. Emergency Towing Procedure power steering are not available
when the engine is turned off.
Tow only on hard-surfaced roads for
Proper lifting or towing equipment is a short distance and at low speeds: The brakes and steering still
necessary when lifting or towing the function, but require greater
1. Fit the towing equipment to the effort.
vehicle to prevent damage. State
front towing eyes.
and local laws must be followed.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 259

. To prevent exhaust fumes Attach a tow rope or other suitably
entering the towed vehicle, close rated system to the towing eyes.
Appearance Care
the windows and press @. Ensure all equipment is in good Exterior Care
. Vehicles with damaged condition and is being used
transmissions must not be correctly. Washing
towed. The paintwork of the vehicle is
. The wheels, axles, drive train, Caution exposed to environmental
steering and brakes must be in influences. Wash and wax regularly.
The front towing eyes are rated to When using automatic vehicle
good condition. 1,500 kg each. Any load (static or washes, select a programme that
. Only the driver should be inside dynamic) applied to these includes waxing.
a towed vehicle. locations must not exceed the
Bird droppings, dead insects, resin,
Vehicle Recovery rated capacity of each point. pollen and the like should be
Care should be taken not to cleaned off immediately, as they
damage the bumper fascia or contain aggressive constituents
other vehicle components with the which can cause paint damage.
tow rope or recovery system, Failure to do so may result in
during recovery. permanent damage, particularly in
hot weather conditions.
Road bloom is a gradual build up of
road and environmental grime. This
should be removed with a paint
cleaner once a year, in addition to
normal washing.
If using a vehicle wash, comply with
the vehicle wash manufacturer's
The vehicle may be recovered using
instructions. Never use an automatic
the front towing eyes.
wash that requires anything
touching the paint (other than
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
260 Vehicle Care
water). The wipers must be Polishing and Waxing

switched off. Remove antenna and { Warning Wax the vehicle regularly (at the
external accessories. latest when water no longer beads).
Take care when moving the
If you wash your vehicle by hand, vehicle after washing, in case Polishing is necessary only if the
make sure that the insides of the water has affected the brakes. paint has become dull or if solid
wheel housings are also thoroughly Applying the brakes lightly will deposits have become attached
rinsed out. indicate whether they have been to it.
Clean edges and folds on opened affected. To dry them quickly, Paintwork polish with silicone forms
doors and the bonnet as well as the lightly apply the brakes while a protective film, making waxing
areas they cover. maintaining a slow forward speed unnecessary.
Have the door hinges of all doors with a clear area ahead, until
brake performance returns to Plastic body parts must not be
greased by a Holden Dealer. treated with wax or polishing
normal.
agents.
Caution
Exterior Lamps Windows and Windscreen Wiper
Do not clean the engine Blades
compartment with a steam-jet or Headlamp and other lamp covers
are made of plastic. Do not use any Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois
high-pressure jet cleaner. leather together with window
abrasive, solvent based cleaners or
caustic agents and do not cleaner and insect remover.
Thoroughly rinse and chamois off dry-clean them. . Never use abrasive cleaners to
the vehicle. Rinse chamois clean glass.
frequently. Use separate chamois Air Intakes
. Refer to a Holden Dealer for
for painted and glass surfaces: Clear debris from the air intakes,
remnants of wax on the windows windscreen washer additive.
between the bonnet and windscreen
will impair vision. and below the front bumper, when . Old wiper blades can cause
Do not use hard objects to remove washing the vehicle. windscreen scratching.
spots of tar. Use tar removal spray Regularly inspect and
on painted surfaces. replace them.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Vehicle Care 261
Caution
Paintwork Damage Interior Care
Rectify minor paintwork damage
Do not operate the wiper blades with a touch-up pen before rust
forms.
{ Warning
by hand as this damages the
wiper drive mechanism. Have more extensive damage or Many cleaning products are toxic,
rust areas repaired by your Holden flammable or may damage the
Dealer. interior. When cleaning the
When cleaning the rear window, interior, avoid volatile cleaners
make sure the heating element such as acetone, lacquer
inside is not damaged. Caution
thinners, enamel reducers, nail
Clean smearing wiper blades with a Do not spill coolant on the polish removers, or cleaners such
soft cloth and window cleaner. vehicle's exterior surfaces as it as laundry soaps, bleaches or
Wheels and Tyres can damage the paintwork. If you reducing agents. Never use
do, wash it off immediately. carbon tetrachloride, petrol or
Do not use high-pressure jet naphtha for any cleaning purpose.
cleaners. Ensure that the vehicle is well
. Remove oil and grease with Underbody ventilated while using any
soap and water or detergent. Substances can cause rust under cleaners and always follow the
. Do not use petrol to clean tyres. the vehicle. cleaning product manufacturer's
. Hose the underbody with clean recommendations. Water based
. Use a good quality tyre and cleaners, rather than solvent
water whenever the vehicle is
bumper shine if required. based cleaners, are
washed.
. A good quality wheel cleaner recommended.
. Where the vehicle is exposed to
can be used for cleaning alloy
heavy concentrations of Steam cleaning of seats is not
wheels.
corrosive materials, inspect and recommended.
. Do not use abrasive cleaners. wash the complete underbody at
least once each year, preferably
after winter exposure.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
262 Vehicle Care
Interior and Upholstery Plastic and Rubber Parts

Only clean the vehicle interior, Plastic and rubber parts can be
including the instrument panel cleaned with the same cleaner as
fascia and panelling, with a dry cloth used to clean the body. Use interior
or interior cleaner. cleaner if necessary. Do not use any
The instrument panel should only be other agent. Avoid solvents and
cleaned using a soft damp cloth. petrol in particular. Do not use high
pressure jet cleaners.
Clean fabric upholstery with a
vacuum cleaner and brush. Remove Floor Mats
stains with an upholstery cleaner. Ensure that floor mats, when fitted,
Clean seat belts with a mild, are securely fastened and do not
non-abrasive soap and lukewarm interfere with pedal operation.
water.
After washing, thoroughly, sponge
the solution out of the belts.
Avoid wipe damp cloth on areas
near of Front Seat power switch,
because the liquid can compromise
the Seat's working. In case of heavy
soiling, use leather care.
Caution
Close Velcro fasteners as open
Velcro fasteners on clothing could
damage seat upholstery.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Service and Maintenance 263
Service and General Information When the system has calculated

that oil life has been diminished,
Maintenance Service Information
Change engine oil soon will appear
in the Driver Information
In order to ensure economical and Centre (DIC).
General Information safe vehicle operation and to When Change engine oil soon is
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 263 maintain the value of your vehicle, it displayed, have the engine oil and
is of vital importance that all filter changed as soon as possible,
Recommended Fluids, maintenance work is carried out at within the next 1,000 km.
Lubricants, and Parts the proper intervals as specified.
Recommended Fluids and It is possible that, if you are driving
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 See your Service/Warranty Booklet under the best conditions, the oil life
for the service schedules and for system may not indicate that an oil
more information. change is necessary for a longer
Engine Oil Life System period than that shown in the
Maintenance schedule. However,
The vehicle has a computer system the engine oil and filter must be
that lets you know when to change changed in accordance with the
the engine oil and filter. Maintenance schedule outlined in
The frequency of the oil change the Service/Warranty Booklet.
depends on driving patterns, engine
RPM and engine temperature.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
264 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Engine Type 2.8L Diesel
Engine oil specification SAE 5W-30; g (dexos™ 2)
Coolant specification 50% clean fresh water and 50% Dexcool ® anti-freeze coolant,
conforming to specification number GM6277M
Manual transmission fluid Dexron® VI
Automatic transmission fluid Dexron® VI
Transfer case fluid (four-wheel drive) Dexron ® VI
Differential oil Synthetic Hypoid 75W/90 GL5
Brake fluid DOT 4 Hydraulic brake fluid conforming to specification number
GMW3356
Battery 12 volts, 90 amp hours
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Technical Data 265
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Identification Plate

An identification label is located on
Vehicle Identification the front door frame or on the rear
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) door frame (Space Cab).
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 The Vehicle Identification Number
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 (VIN) is located on the chassis rail
on the driver’s side.
Vehicle Data
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 269
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
1: Approval number
2: Manufacturer
3: Category
The VIN is also located on the
4: Number of seats
instrument panel visible through the
windscreen. 5: Vehicle identification number
6: Compliance date
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
266 Technical Data
Engine Number
0: Front of vehicle
The engine serial number (1) is
located on the right side at the rear
of the engine block.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Technical Data 267
Vehicle Data
Engine Data
Engine Type 2.8 L4 Turbo Diesel
Number of cylinders 4
Engine 2776 cc
Engine power Please refer to holden.com.au
Engine torque Please refer to holden.com.au
Diesel fuel Complies with Euro Standard EN590
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
268 Technical Data
Vehicle Weight Light commercial vehicles,

depending on their model and
Axle Loads specification, have different carrying
Maximum Front and Rear Axle Loads capacities.
Do not exceed the maximum axle loads, including the weight of any options,
tow ball download when towing, or accessories fitted to the vehicle. Weigh at
a weighbridge if unsure.
Front Axle Load (kg) Rear Axle Load (kg)
LS 1450 1850
LT 1450 1850
LTZ 1450 1850
Z71 1450 1850
Refer to the vehicle's compliance Carrying Capacity

plate for gross vehicle mass (GVM) Carrying capacity (payload) is the
figures. maximum capacity of the vehicle for
the carriage of all non-standard
items including cargo carrying
devices (e.g. tray or body,
if applicable), the cargo itself,
occupants, tow ball download when
towing, optional equipment and
accessories.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Technical Data 269
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
Length Width Height Front and Front Wheel

(incl. Rear overhang Base
mirrors) Track
Single cab chassis 4x2 / 4x4 — 2132 1800 1570 957 3096
Crew cab chassis 4x2 / 4x4 — 2132 1795 1570 957 3096
Crew cab pickup 4x2 / 4x4 5361 2132 1781 1570 957 3096
(LS / LT)
Crew cab pickup (LTZ) 4x2 / 4x4 5361 2132 1800 1570 957 3096
Crew Cab pickup (Z71) 4x4 5408 2132 1790 1570 1004 3096
(1823 with
Roof
Rack)
Space cab chassis 4x4 — 2132 1799 1570 957 3096
Space cab pickup 4x4 5361 2132 1795 1570 957 3096
The above figures are based on the Note

design dimensions. Length of cab chassis is determined
by tray or body fitted.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
270 Technical Data
Capacities and Specifications

Engine Type 2.8 L4 Turbo Diesel
Refill engine oil including filter (approximately) 5.6 L
Coolant (approximately) 9.0 L
Fuel tank 76.0 L
Tyre Pressure
Tyre Size Wheel Size Recommended Pressure
and Profile
Up to 3 people Up to Full load (Max) Spare
(Light) 3 people (ECO)
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear —
kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI
245/70R16 XL 111S 16 x 6.5J 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 260 38 300 44 300 44
255/65R17 SL 110S 17 x 7.0J 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 260 38 300 44 300 44
265/60R18 SL 110T 18 x 7.5J 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 260 38 300 44 300 44
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Customer Information 271
Customer Customer Information In the instance that you wish to

escalate a query to a higher level of
Information Trademarks and Licence
staff, further options are available
to you.
Agreements As a first step, Holden suggests you
Customer Information DexosTM is a trademark of General discuss any concern with the
Trademarks and Licence Motors LLC relevant Department Manager
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 (Sales Manager or Service
Owner Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Dexron® and Dexcool® are
Manager).
registered trademarks of General
Vehicle Data Recording and Motors LLC Alternatively, the Dealership
Privacy General Manager or Dealer
Vehicle Data Recording and Owner Assistance Principal will also be happy to
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 assist you.
Holden Customer Care
Holden Customer Care Office
At Holden, we want you to be
completely satisfied with your Should you wish to speak to a
ownership experience. This applies Holden representative, you are
to your vehicle and any Holden welcome to contact the Holden
representative you may deal with. Customer Care team.
Refer below for two options for Refer below for operating hours and
seeking assistance with your query. various methods of communication.
Holden Dealerships Operating Hours
Holden encourages you to seek Weekdays: 8am – 7pm AEST

assistance from your Holden Saturday: 9am – 1pm AEST
Dealership. Each Holden Dealership
is equipped to manage any sales,
servicing, parts or technical query.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
272 Customer Information
Telephone . Servicing dealer's name and Applicable details for New Zealand
Holden Customer Care can be address are set out in the Holden Warranty
telephoned from anywhere within . Vehicle model and Owner Assistance Information
Australia for only the cost of a booklet enclosed in the New
. Vehicle identification number Zealand glovebox wallet.
local call. (I.S.O.V.I.N.), refer to the inside
The contact number is: front cover of the Service/ New Zealand Assistance can be
Warranty Booklet in your reached on:
1800 033 349
vehicle's glovebox 0800 HOLDEN (0800 465 336)
Email
. Date of purchase This number provides access to
Alternatively, you may prefer to New Zealand Roadside Assistance
. Current odometer reading
email Holden at: as well as New Zealand
holdencustomercare@gm.com Most of this information will be Customer Care.
found on the Vehicle Identification
Written Correspondence Certificate, located inside the front Alternatively, you may prefer to
cover of the Service/Warranty email Holden at:
You can also write to Holden at the
address below: Booklet in your vehicle's glovebox. holdencustomercare@gm.com
The Manager Before you write however, You can also write to Holden at the
Holden Customer Care Centre remember that the telephone is a address below:
GPO Box 1714 quicker and more effective means of The Manager
Melbourne 3001 communication. Holden Customer Care Centre
Your written correspondence should New Zealand PO Box 11195
clearly outline your concern or query Ellerslie
The information in this Owner's Auckland 1542
and include: Manual applies primarily to
. Your name and address Australian Holden vehicles and
there may be some differences to
. Telephone numbers, both private the Warranty and Owner Assistance
and business provisions for New Zealand.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Customer Information 273
Vehicle Data The manufacturer will not access

information about a crash event or
Recording and share it with others except:
Privacy . With the consent of the vehicle
owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
Event Data Recorders with the consent of the lessee.
The vehicle has a number of . In response to an official request
sophisticated systems that monitor of police or similar government
and control several vehicle data. office.
Some data may be stored during
. As part of the manufacturer's
regular operation to facilitate repair
of detected malfunctions, other data defence in case of legal
is stored only in a crash or near proceedings.
crash event by systems commonly . As required by law.
called event data recorders (EDR). In addition, the manufacturer may
The systems may record data about use the collected or received data:
the condition of the vehicle and how . For the manufacturer's research
it was operated (e.g. engine speed, needs.
brake application, seat belt usage).
To read this data, special equipment . To make it available for research
and access to the vehicle are needs where appropriate
required. This will take place when confidentiality is maintained and
the vehicle is serviced by a Holden need is shown.
dealer. Some data is electronically . To share summary data which is
fed into global diagnostic systems. not tied to a specific vehicle with
other organisations for research
purposes.
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
274 Index
Anti-theft (cont'd)
Index A
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 219 Alarm System Messages . . . . . . . 80
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 196
Adjustments Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Seat, Initial Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Appearance Care
Agreements Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Trademarks and Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 172 Apple CarPlay and
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 229 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .174, 176 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Air Conditioning Regular Audio
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Air Filter, Passenger Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 148
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Automatic
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Light Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Airbags Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Automatic Transmission
Seat Belt Tensioner Light . . . . . . . 70 Electronic Driving
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Alarm System Interruption of Power
Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 154 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Antenna Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 157 Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 189
Anti-theft Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Index 275
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Climate Control Systems (cont'd)

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Buzzers, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Voltage and Charging Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
C
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 233 Control System
Capacities and
Bleeding Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Diesel Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Controls
Carbon Monoxide
Bluetooth Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .97, 150
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Overview . . . . . . . . 127, 128, Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
132, 165 Coolant
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . 21
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . 68
Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174, 176
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . 70
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Cooling System
Check
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Malfunction Indicator Engine
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Brake and Clutch System Cover
Child Restraint Systems
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Tonneau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 121
Child Restraints
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Misted Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 184 Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Cleaning
Bulb Replacement Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 235 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 234 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 174
Licence Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 237 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
276 Index
Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Driver Information Engine (cont'd)

Centre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Check and Service Engine
D
Driving Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Electronic Programs . . . . . . . . . . 190 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 226
Database Coverage
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 184 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 68
Daytime Running
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Cooling System Messages . . . . . 78
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Descent Control System . . . . . . . . . 72 E
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Descent Control Electrical Equipment,
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Electrical System
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Devices Engine Compartment Fuse
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Starting Your Diesel Engine . . . 185
Diesel Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . 185 Instrument Panel Fuse
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Diesel Fuel System Bleeding . . . 233 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 187 Electronic Climate Control
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . 87
Diesel Particulate Filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Electronic Driving Programs . . . . 190 F
Dimensions Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . 198 Fault, Automatic
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Electronic Stability Control Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Displays (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 189 Electronic Stability Control Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Door Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Filter,
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Emission Control System . . . . . . . 222 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 21 Emission Information . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Engine Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . .102, 157
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Index 277
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . 89 Fuel (cont'd) H

Flat Tyre Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . .170, 172
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 89
Fluid Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 74 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 228 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Headlamps
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . . 87
Four-Wheel Drive Engine Compartment Fuse Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Daytime Running
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Instrument Panel Fuse Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Fog Lamps Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
G
Fog Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . 88
Gauges
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . 68
Forward Collision Alert Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Headlight Range Adjustment . . . . 88
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Heated
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . 71 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Front Fog Lamp Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174, 176
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Warning Lights and
Front Seat Position Seats Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 184
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 197
General Information
Front Seats Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 63
Global Positioning
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174, 176
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 235
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Guidance
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Problems with the Route . . . . . . 120
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
278 Index
I K Lighting (cont'd)
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . 79 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
If the System Needs Service . . . . 120 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
L Airbag and Seat Belt
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lamps
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Indicator Antilock Brake System
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . 89
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Information Automatic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Brake and Clutch System . . . . . . . 70
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Information on Loading the Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Licence Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Descent Control System . . . . . . . . 72
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Instrument Panel Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Misted Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Instrument Panel Overview . . . .5, 61 Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Interruption of Power Supply . . . . 190 Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 95 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
ISOFIX Child Restraint High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . 210
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . 88
Lane Departure Warning Light . . . 72
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
J Light
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . 72
Jack Electronic Stability Control
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 (ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 69
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Pre-Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Traction Control System
Traction Control
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Trailer Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Index 279
Lights (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd)

Tyre Pressure Monitoring Battery Voltage and Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Misted Light Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Loading the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 78 Monitor System, Tyre
Locks Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 21 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . 78
N
Manual Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Navigation
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 74 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
M Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Maintenance New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Object Detection System . . . . . . . 79
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 O
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Object Detection System
Maintenance Schedule
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Recommended Fluids and
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . 70
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Oil
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Messaging Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 227
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Mirrors Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Automatic Dimming Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Messages
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Operation
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 80
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
280 Index
Outlets Power (cont'd) Recommended Fluids and

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 148 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 40 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Owner Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Pressure Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Replacement Parts
P
Privacy Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 273 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 45
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Problems with Route Replacing Safety Belt System
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Passenger Compartment Air
Restraints
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 R
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Personalisation Radio
Reverse Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 AM-FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . 198
Phone Radio Reception . . . . . .100, 101, 155
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . . 198
Apple CarPlay and Radios
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . 127, 128, Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
132, 165 Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 172 Rear Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 S
Port Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 158 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 208 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Positioning Rear Windows Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 41
Power Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Three-Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 40
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Recognition Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Index 281
Seats (cont'd) Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 T

Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Position, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Steering System Messages . . . . . . 80 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 35 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . 97, 150 Technical Data
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Storage Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Theft-Deterrent Systems
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 174 Storage Areas Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 223 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Three-Point Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Tire Pressure Monitoring
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Information on Loading the System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Service and Maintenance Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Tonneau Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Top-Tether Child Restraint
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 135 Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Towing
Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 218
Signals, Turn and Symbols Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Traction
Specifications and System Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . . 198
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Forward Collision Control System Warning
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Traction Control System
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 (TCS) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Starting the Diesel Engine . . . . . . 185 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
282 Index
Trademarks and Tyres (cont'd) Vehicle Care

License Pressure Monitor Operation . . 247 Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Agreements . . . . . . . . .139, 172, 271 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 245 Vehicle Data Recording and
Trailer Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 218 Tyres and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Vehicle Identification
U
Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Updates
Transmission Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Upshift light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Ventilation
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103, 158
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Adjustable Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Using the Navigation System . . . 107
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 V
Vehicle W
Turn and Lane-Change
Warning
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 265
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Warning Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Tyres Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Warnings
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 72
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2017 - CRC - 6/29/16
Index 283
Weights
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 48
Windows
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 233

My17 Colorado Owner Manual 1237048789156

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

My17 Colorado Owner Manual 1237048789156

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MY17 RG Colorado

Change of name, address or ownership

© 2016 GM Holden Ltd.

In Brief Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 87 Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Initial Drive . Press and hold " to Starting the Vehicle

Remote Vehicle Start 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the

2. Release the handle to engage 3. Allow the seat to engage.

Seat Height Power Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests

. Recline the seatback by sliding

. Move the seat forwards or

Seat Height Head Restraint Safety Belts

Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel

The control for the power mirrors

Exterior Lighting High Beam/Low Beam Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Hazard Warning Flashers Horn Washer and Wiper

. Press | to turn the hazard

. Pull the lever towards you to

Automatic Transmission + : higher gear the ignition. On an uphill

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

Keys, Doors, and Windows

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

Manual Door Locks Door Lock Snibs Central Locking System

. . Pulling on an interior door

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Locks and unlocks all doors.

The child security rear door locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

Doors Side steps

. To lock, turn the key

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

. If A flashes or illuminates when Exterior Mirrors L: Left side mirror selected

Adjust the driver’s or passenger’s

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

To reduce headlamp glare from Windows Power Windows

. The vehicle may have a lever to Power windows can be operated.

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors Assist grips

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Replacing Airbag System Parts

Seats and Restraints 33

Height Adjustment . Adjust the seat so that your legs

. Sit centrally in the seat.

34 Seats and Restraints

Try to move the seat back and forth Seat Height

. To lower the seat cushion, push

Seats and Restraints 35

Power Seat Adjustment Seat Backrests Seat Height

. Recline the seatback by sliding . To lower the seat cushion, push

36 Seats and Restraints

Heated Front Seats To turn the heater off: Rear Seats

Seats and Restraints 37

To fold the rear seatbacks down: Armrest Seat Belts